52
Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and proclaiming the good news about the kingdom of God; and the twelve were with Him, 2 and also some women who had been healed of evil spirits and sicknesses: Mary who was called Magdalene, from whom seven demons had gone out, 3 and Joanna the wife of Chuza, Herod's steward, and Susanna, and many others who were contributing to their support out of their private means. Analysis of vv. 1-3: 1) Shortly after the meal at Simon’s, Jesus continues a systematic campaign of teaching in Galilee. 2) Luke indicates that Jesus traveled about “from one city and village to another.” 3) The form of the verb translated “going about” reveals that His ministry was itinerant (imperfect of diodeu,w, diodeuo: “He kept on going about…”). 4) His campaign involved “proclaiming and preaching the kingdom of God.” 5) The term “proclaiming” connotes making an official announcement or a public declaration (khru,ssw, kerusso- Luke 8:39 "Return to your house and describe what great things God has done for you." And he went away, proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him.). 6) “Preaching” means to proclaim good news concerning something (euvaggeli,zw, euaggelizo). 7) Apart from out context this term is widely used in the NT to refer to the proclamation of the good news of salvation (Acts 14:7). 8) Here, Jesus is proclaiming the good news about “the kingdom of God.” 9) In our passage the “kingdom of God” is a general reference to the plan of God. 10) Jesus’ dissemination of “the kingdom of God” involved instruction in Divine viewpoint with an emphasis on His role as Messiah and salvation (cf. Luke 4:43 But He said to them, "I must preach the kingdom of God to the other cities also, for I was sent for this purpose. Luke 8:10 And He said, "To you it has been granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of God, but to the rest it is in parables, in order that seeing they may not see, and hearing they may not understand., Luke 18:16-17 But Jesus called for them, saying, "Permit the children to come to Me, and do not hinder them, for the kingdom of God belongs to such as these. 17 "Truly I say to you, whoever does not receive the kingdom of God like a child shall not enter it at all."). 11) His disciples were also charged with this responsibility (Luke 9:2, 60,1 Cor. 9:16). 12) Luke notes that the twelve disciples were also traveling with Jesus. 13) Additionally, He reveals that some female disciples accompanied Jesus as well. 14) Three are singled by the author: Mary Magdalene, Joanna, and Susanna respectively.

Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    2

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

399

Luke 81-3 And it came about soon afterwards that He began going about from one city

and village to another publicly declaring and proclaiming the good news about the

kingdom of God and the twelve were with Him 2 and also some women who had been

healed of evil spirits and sicknesses Mary who was called Magdalene from whom seven

demons had gone out 3 and Joanna the wife of Chuza Herods steward and Susanna and

many others who were contributing to their support out of their private means

Analysis of vv 1-3

1) Shortly after the meal at Simonrsquos Jesus continues a systematic campaign of teaching

in Galilee

2) Luke indicates that Jesus traveled about ldquofrom one city and village to anotherrdquo

3) The form of the verb translated ldquogoing aboutrdquo reveals that His ministry was itinerant

(imperfect of diodeuw diodeuo ldquoHe kept on going abouthelliprdquo)

4) His campaign involved ldquoproclaiming and preaching the kingdom of Godrdquo

5) The term ldquoproclaimingrdquo connotes making an official announcement or a public

declaration (khrussw kerusso- Luke 839 Return to your house and describe what

great things God has done for you And he went away proclaiming throughout the

whole city what great things Jesus had done for him)

6) ldquoPreachingrdquo means to proclaim good news concerning something (euvaggelizw

euaggelizo)

7) Apart from out context this term is widely used in the NT to refer to the proclamation

of the good news of salvation (Acts 147)

8) Here Jesus is proclaiming the good news about ldquothe kingdom of Godrdquo

9) In our passage the ldquokingdom of Godrdquo is a general reference to the plan of God

10) Jesusrsquo dissemination of ldquothe kingdom of Godrdquo involved instruction in Divine

viewpoint with an emphasis on His role as Messiah and salvation (cf Luke 443 But

He said to them I must preach the kingdom of God to the other cities also for I was

sent for this purpose Luke 810 And He said To you it has been granted to know

the mysteries of the kingdom of God but to the rest it is in parables in order that

seeing they may not see and hearing they may not understand Luke 1816-17 But

Jesus called for them saying Permit the children to come to Me and do not hinder

them for the kingdom of God belongs to such as these 17

Truly I say to you

whoever does not receive the kingdom of God like a child shall not enter it at all)

11) His disciples were also charged with this responsibility (Luke 92 601 Cor 916)

12) Luke notes that the twelve disciples were also traveling with Jesus

13) Additionally He reveals that some female disciples accompanied Jesus as well

14) Three are singled by the author Mary Magdalene Joanna and Susanna respectively

Luke 8

400

15) Luke indicates that these ldquohad been healed of evil spirits and sicknessesrdquo

16) The verb ldquohealedrdquo connotes a degree of personal service in effecting the cure

(qerapeuw therapeuo)

17) These women had been afflicted by ldquoevil spiritsrdquo a reference to demon possession

andor various debilitating illnesses

18) An evil spirit or demon is a fallen angel who voluntarily chose to side with Satan in

revolt against God (Isa 1412-14 Matt 2541 2 Peter 24 Jude 16 Rev 127-9)

19) The illness could be acute or chronic (avsqeneia astheneia ndash John 55)

20) Evidently demon possession was also the cause of various physical ailments (Matt

1222 1715 Luke 1311)

21) The prevailing evil and apostasy present in Israel in Christrsquos day fomented demonic

activity (Matt 424 933 Mark 134 Luke 827)

22) As it was in Christrsquos day so it is that demonic activity is widespread in our current

age (cf 1 Tim 41 Rev 182)

23) Additionally demons are organized into a hierarchy (Matt 1224 Eph 610-12 Rev

911)

24) Although unseen they are a very real force in the cosmos that possess a great

antipathy for the believer (Luke 2231 1 Peter 58)

25) Various activities of demons as manifested in part by Satanrsquos modi operandi (ie how

Satan operates)

a) The enticement to participate in evil (cf the temptation of Jesus 1 Thess 35

Rev 208)

b) Blind mankind to the truth of the Gospel (2 Cor 43-4)

c) The promotion of false religion and ritual (Ex 1212 Judges 211-14 Hosea 414

1 Cor 1019-20)

d) The promotion of false doctrine (2 Cor 211)

e) The manipulation of world leaders and their policies (Dan 1010-20)

f) The possession of unbelievers (Luke 223 John 132)

g) The influence of careless unwary believers (1 Chron 211 Acts 53)

26) The first woman mentioned is ldquoMary who was called Magdalenerdquo

a) The appellative ldquoMagdalenerdquo refers to an inhabitant of Magdala a town on west

side of the Sea of Galilee

b) She had formerly been possessed by seven demons but Jesus had cast them out

c) Mary followed and served Jesus during His Galilean ministry (Matt 2755-56)

d) Additionally she was present at Jesusrsquo crucifixion and burial (Matt 2756-61)

e) Post-resurrection activities (Mark 161 Luke 245-10 John 2011-20)

27) The second mentioned is ldquoJoanna the wife of Chuza Herods stewardrdquo

Luke 8

401

a) Her husbandrsquos ldquoChuzardquo name is thought to be of Nabataean origin (Couzaj

Chouzas from azWK Chuza)1

b) The term ldquostewardrdquo indicates that Chuza held an official administrative position

under Herod Antipas (evpitropoj epitropos- Mat 208 Gal 42)

c) The precise nature of his position cannot be ascertained but such a position would

be well-paid

d) His position suggests that Joanna may have been part of the aristocracy

e) Joanna was with Mary Magdalene following Jesusrsquo resurrection (Luke 2410)

28) The third woman is ldquoSusannardquo which is the only mention of her in Scripture

29) In addition to these three women there were ldquomany otherrdquo women who kept on

supporting Jesus and the Twelve

30) The Greek verb translated ldquowere contributingrdquo indicates that the support was ongoing

(diakonew diakoneo- imperfect active ongoing action in past time)

31) They contributed out of their own possessions and wealth (ie ldquoprivate meansrdquo-

u`parcw huparcho ndash frequently translated ldquopossessionsrdquo Matt 1921 2514 Luke

1215)

32) We see that Jesus and the Twelve were provided living grace through the regular

contributions of His students

33) The context suggests that the three women mentioned and others were wealthy and

able to support Jesusrsquo ministry

34) Besides being able the women capitalized on the opportunity to be generous and

ready to share

35) Their application manifested that they had the proper attitude (cf Phil 24)

36) So too should the believer in the area of grace giving especially in supporting the

function of the local church (cf Gal 66 Phil 415)

37) The correct attitude and motivation in grace giving

a) Give voluntarily (2 Cor 97)

b) Do not give begrudgingly reluctantly or under compulsion

c) Give liberally and generously (2 Cor 81-4 1 Tim 618 cf Matt 108 John 121-

5)

d) Be motivated for eternal ldquoprofitrdquo (Phil 417)

e) Seek to be pleasing to God (Phil 418 Heb 1316)

1 Ibid 317

Luke 8

402

Luke 84-8 And when a great multitude were coming together and those from the

various cities were journeying to Him He spoke by way of a parable 5 The sower went

out to sow his seed and as he sowed some fell beside the road and it was trampled

under foot and the birds of the air ate it up 6 And other seed fell on rocky soil and as

soon as it grew up it withered away because it had no moisture 7 And other seed fell

among the thorns and the thorns grew up with it and choked it out 8 And other seed

fell into the good soil and grew up and produced a crop a hundred times as great As

He said these things He kept calling out He who has ears to hear let him continue to

hear

Analysis of vv 4-8

1) V 4 opens with a ldquogreat multituderdquo assembling to hear Jesus teach from various cities

in the region

2) Luke doesnrsquot indicate where the multitude was gathering

3) However Matthew and Mark reveal that Jesus was at the Sea of Galilee near

Capernaum (Matt 131 Mark 320-21 41)

4) These passages record the crowds were so large Jesus had to push away from shore in

a boat in order to have room to speak

5) Jesus spoke at length to the crowd but in parables

6) The parabolic discourse on this occasion is abbreviated in Lukersquos account with two

parables The Sower and the Lamp and the Cover

7) Yet Matthew and Mark attest that on this occasion He taught His audience through

numerous parables

8) Matthewrsquos parables (Matt 133-52) Sower Wheat and Tares Mustard Seed Leaven

Hidden Treasure Pearl of Great Value Dragnet and Treasure New and Old

9) Markrsquos parables (Mark 43-34) Sower Lamp and Cover Growing Seed and

Mustard Seed

10) Presumably Jesus taught throughout the day and concluded when evening had come

(Mark 435)

11) This method of teaching employed by Jesus was a fulfillment of prophecy (Matt

1334-35)

12) Jesusrsquo parables were stories designed to teach truth through the use of analogies with

familiar details and circumstances in everyday life

13) Further Jesus used intentionally ambiguous language in His parables

14) In this respect a parable tested the volition of the listener

Luke 8

403

15) Those who desired to know the precise meaning of a given parable would have to

seek clarification from the Lord (a marker of + V eg His disciples Matt 1316

Luke 89)

16) In contrast the meaning of a parable would remain hidden to those who didnrsquot inquire

of the Lord (a marker of ndashV Matt 1313-15)

17) The importance of the parable of the Sower

a) The parable illustrates various responses by individuals towards Godrsquos word

b) Jesus declared that this parable to be the key to understanding all the parables

(Mark 413)

18) By omitting the other parables recorded in Matthew and Mark the primary focus is

placed on the parable of the Sower

19) Additionally by placing the visit of Jesusrsquo relatives after He explains the significance

of the parable Luke stresses the importance of hearing and obeying the Godrsquos word

(Luke 819-21)

20) Jesus begins the parable by describing a sower going out to sow his seed a portrayal

that would be well-known to those living in a predominantly agrarian society

21) Specifically Jesus refers to both ldquothe sowerrdquo who went out with the purpose ldquoto sow

his seedrdquo

22) Both ldquosowerrdquo and ldquoseedrdquo are preceded by the definite article in the Greek text which

points out the unique identity that each term represents (lit o speirwn ho speiron =

ldquoThe sowerrdquo and ton sporon auvtou ton sporon autou= ldquothe seed of hishis seedrdquo)

23) The explanation of these identities and other aspects of the parable will be discussed

in vv 11-15

24) In our immediate analysis we will look at the representative physical elements

introduced in the parable

25) The sower is depicted as broadcasting his seed over the earth

26) However the final disposition of the seed varied greatly

27) Jesus indicates ldquoSome fell beside the road and it was trampled underfoot and the

birds of the air ate it uprdquo

28) Our term ldquoroadrdquo may refer to a broad road or even to a well-traveled path in the

countryside (o`doj hodos- Luke 1936)

29) In any case a road would be unsuitable for planting seed as it would compacted and

completely unfit for cultivation

30) Here the road is so hardened the seed doesnrsquot even break the surface

31) Consequently itrsquos trampled underfoot by travelers and eaten by birds

32) Neither Matthew nor Mark make mention that the seed is ldquotrampled underfootrdquo

(katapatew katapateo- cf Matt 134 Mark 44)

Luke 8

404

33) Evidently Luke is referring to the contempt with which many treat Godrsquos word and

view it as worthless (cf Matt 76 Heb 1029)

34) Many birds are opportunists and will consume an easily available meal such as seed

35) The second portion of the seed fell upon ldquorocky soil and as soon as it grew up it

withered away because it had no moisturerdquo

36) Take note ldquoother seedrdquo doesnrsquot refer to a different type of seed but ldquosomerdquo of the

same kind falling in a different soil type

37) Here the seed does break the surface but is depicted as barely taking root (ie lacked

a developed root system)

38) Eventually the dies off for lack of soil nutrients and moisture (cf Mark 45)

39) The third portion of seed ldquofell among thornsrdquo

40) This seed took root and grew up alongside the thorns

41) Yet the thorns essentially invasive weeds smothered the seed and sapped its

fruitfulness (cf Mark 47)

42) Finally the fourth portion ldquofell into the good soilrdquo

43) The syntax of the Greek text emphasizes that this soil was very fertile (lit thn ghn thn avgaqhn ten gen ten agathen =ldquothe soil the good kindrdquo)

44) This seed took root and grew up into a mature prolific fruit growing plant

45) While Luke concisely emphasizes the maximum crop yield of the plant in the good

soil Matthew and Mark indicate that there are lesser yields from plants in the good

soil (Matt138 Mark 48)

46) Of the four portions of seed the first doesnrsquot even penetrate the hardpan road to

germinate

47) All of the remaining three portions of seed germinate but eventually only one

survives and has longevity and fruitfulness

48) The demise of the second and third portions portrayed as sudden and gradual is

attributable to the inferior quality of the soil

49) Both the rocky and weed filled terroir are ultimately unproductive

50) The survival and superior yield of the last is directly related to the high quality of the

soil in which it grows

51) It is significant that throughout Jesusrsquo discourse on the sower He regularly called

out ldquoHe who has ears to hear let him hearrdquo

52) The verb translated ldquokept calling outrdquo is to speak loudly with emphasis (fwnew

phoneo)

53) His words challenge those listening to not merely ldquohearrdquo in a superficial sensory

way

Luke 8

405

54) Rather it is a challenge to hear and understand the spiritual meaning of the parable

and to apply it to their own lives in relation to God and His word

55) Jesusrsquo enjoinder ldquoLet him hearrdquo conveys that His audience should make it their habit

to hear and understand His teaching (present imperative of avkouw akouo- ldquoto hearrdquo

cf Matt 1343 Luke 1435 also Rev 36 which stresses ldquourgencyrdquo with aorist

imperative)

Luke 8

406

Luke 89-10 And His disciples began questioning Him as to what this parable might be 10

And He said To you it has been granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of

God but to the rest it is in parables in order that seeing they may not see and hearing

they may not understand

Analysis of vv 9-10

1) At some point during His discourse Jesus and His disciples are able to have a private

conversation

2) Jesusrsquo disciples began to question Him about the meaning of the parable

3) Mark notes that His subsequent explanation was not limited to the twelve but also

included His other followers (Mark 410)

4) His disciples had heard the parable like everyone else but didnrsquot grasp the meaning

5) A lack of comprehension is understandable given that the parable was intentionally

enigmatic

6) Yet the parable had piqued their desire to understand its underlying meaning

7) This cannot be said for His audience in general as Jesus will point out

8) Before revealing the meaning of the parable Jesus affirms to His disciples ldquoTo you it

has been granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of Godhelliprdquo

9) The phrase ldquoto yourdquo is emphatic occurring first in His response

10) In addition to the position of the phrase the form in the Greek connotes an advantage

to the disciples (ldquo~Uminrdquo humin ndash ldquoTo youhelliprdquo)

11) That is what Jesus explains is for their benefit or in their best interests (ie their free

access to Divine viewpoint)

12) They had been ldquograntedrdquo by God ldquoto know the mysteries of the kingdom of Godrdquo

13) This knowledge wasnrsquot granted on the basis of personal favoritism but rather on the

desire to know His plan (+V Prov 1514 1815 Lam 325 Matt 78)

14) ldquoTo knowrdquo is to have an understanding or comprehension of something (ginwskw

ginosko)

15) In our verse that something is explicitly referred to as ldquothe mysteries of the kingdom

of Godrdquo

16) Our noun translated ldquomysteriesrdquo is a religious technical term used in the Greco-

Roman world generally used to refer to secret rites only known to initiates of various

cults (musthrion musterion)

17) In the NT musterion occurs 28x and of these only 3 are found in the Gospels (Matt

1311 Mark 411)

Luke 8

407

18) Also the term is used in the NT in reference to divine revelation which had been

previously unrevealed and was therefore unknown (cf Paulrsquos use of musterion-Col

126-27)

a) ldquoHiddenrdquo refers to the act whereby God conceals His Divine viewpoint from

various segments of mankind (avpokruptw apokrupto- Luke 1021 1 Cor 27

Eph 39)

b) ldquoAgesrdquo refers to different periods of history or from the Divine viewpoint

different dispensations (aivwn- aion cf Mark 1030 Eph 121)

c) ldquoGenerationsrdquo in this context specifies various peoples living at the same time

within a dispensation (genea- genea Phil 215)

d) Ergo the ldquomysteryrdquo was completely concealed by God from every individual in

every previous dispensation

e) The person and work of Christ was not a mystery to previous dispensations

f) However the fact that He would be the founder and head of the Church had been

mystery which had been hidden from previous dispensations (cf Matt 1618

Col118)

g) The mystery which has been revealed is the Church and related doctrines with

Christ as the head or founder

19) ldquoMysteriesrdquo is adopted by Jesus to refer to various elements of the plan of God that

were previously unknown but now would be revealed to His disciples

20) In keeping with the origin of musterion the disciples of Jesus were divine initiates

into the plan of God

21) Jesus makes a sharp distinction between His disciples and those He refers to as ldquothe

restrdquo

22) ldquoThe restrdquo comprises those that are unbelievers who have no affinity for the Messiah

or the plan of God (-V)

23) Their disinterest in the kingdom of God is manifested by their disinterest in

understanding the parables taught by Jesus

24) They didnrsquot seek the meaning therefore Godrsquos plan was obscured to them

25) Put another way they didnrsquot seek therefore they didnrsquot find

26) The contrast between the groups His disciples and ldquothe restrdquo is really between those

who have knowledge and those who lack knowledge

27) One makes the most of the opportunity that God presents and seeks Him while the

other squanders the opportunity (cf Luke 1229-31 And do not seek what you shall

eat and what you shall drink and do not keep worrying 30 For all these things the

nations of the world eagerly seek but your Father knows that you need these things 31

But seek for His kingdom and these things shall be added to you)

Luke 8

408

28) Jesus reveals the consequences of the latter groups disinterest in the ldquokingdom of

Godrdquo saying ldquohellipin order that seeing they may not see and hearing they may not

understandrdquo

29) On this occasion Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah (Isa 69 cf Matt 1314 Mark 412)

30) ldquoIn order thatrdquo in this verse primarily communicates a result

31) Despite being able to see Jesus and hear His teaching a real understanding and

comprehension eluded ldquothe restrdquo

32) This was the result of strictly listening to parables without clarification

33) As a result of ndashV their spiritual perception or comprehension regarding the plan of

God was blunted

34) However the clause also suggests divine purpose in the use of parables Namely to

defy the understanding of those who disregard God

35) In this sense God will obscure His plan from those who like ldquothe restrdquo reject it (Deut

294 Isa 610 4418 John 1240 Rom 118)

36) The parables taught by Jesus were an invitation to enlightenment that was rebuffed

by most

Luke 8

409

Luke 811-15 Now the parable is this the seed is the word of God 12

And those beside

the road are those who have heard then the devil comes and takes away the word from

their heart so that they may not believe and be saved 13

And those on the rocky soil are

those who when they hear receive the word with joy and these have no firm root they

believe for a while and in time of temptation fall away 14

And the seed which fell

among the thorns these are the ones who have heard and as they go on their way they

are choked with worries and riches and pleasures of this life and bring no fruit to

maturity 15

And the seed in the good soil these are the ones who have heard the word in

an honest and good heart and continue holding it fast and continue bearing fruit with

perseverance

Analysis of vv 11-15

1) Jesus provides an explanation of the parable of the sower

2) In Mark He stresses the importance of understanding this parable as it was

foundational to the correct understanding of other parables (Mark 413)

3) He provides a step by step interpretation of the salient elements Namely the seed and

the different types of soil

4) The seed that was sown is identified as ldquothe word of Godrdquo

5) ldquoThe word of Godrdquo specifically refers to the Gospel it is the seed that will potentially

germinate and flourish in the life of individual that hears it (Acts 431 67 Col 15-

6)

6) However ldquothe sowerrdquo isnrsquot identified in this interpretation

7) Itrsquos evident that ldquothe sowerrdquo is one who ldquosows the word of Godrdquo (cf Mark 414)

8) The act of sowing on the part of the sower is representative of the communication of

the word of God

9) There are various sowers of Godrsquos word the Gospel

a) Ultimately God is the sower of His word (Isa 5510-11)

b) In our context Jesus disseminated the Gospel to the multitudes (Luke 418 722

201)

c) Any believer that proclaims the Gospel (Luke 96 Acts 835 2 Tim 45 1 Peter

315)

10) Although there may be a variety of sowers the seed or ldquoword of Godrdquo remains

constant throughout the parable in vv 5-8 and its interpretation in our verses

11) The seed in the parable is depicted as falling on four different soil types ranging from

hard pan to very fertile soil

12) The different soil types primarily represent different volitional responses to the

Gospel by those who hear it

Luke 8

410

13) Additionally the germination of the seed in three of the soil types alludes to varying

degrees of spiritual momentum after an individual accepts the Gospel

14) The compacted lifeless soil beside the road that the seed was unable to penetrate is

identified here as ldquothose who have heardrdquo

15) ldquoThose who have heardrdquo are those who are presented the Gospel and decide to reject

it (-V to the Gospel)

16) The fallout of the decision to reject the Gospel is demonic interference

17) This was represented in the parable through the seed being ldquotrampled under footrdquo and

being consumed by the birds of the airrdquo

18) The plural ldquobirdsrdquo represents Satan and his demonic forces (cf Rev 182)

19) Following the rejection ldquothe devil comes and takes away the word from their heart

so that they may not believe and be savedrdquo

20) ldquoThe devilrdquo is a title for Satan and means ldquothe slandererrdquo (o` diaboloj ho diabolos)

21) He is referred to as ldquothe evil onerdquo and ldquoSatanrdquo respectively in Matthew and Mark

(Matt 1319 Mark 415)

a) ldquoThe evil onerdquo points to his complete moral worthlessness coupled with

maliciousness (o` ponhroj ho poneros- John 1715)

b) ldquoSatanrdquo means ldquoAdversaryrdquo an apt title for the enemy of God and believers

(Satan Satan- 1 Thess 218)

22) He is unrelenting in his opposition to God and His word

23) Here the devil is said to ldquotake away the word from their heartrdquo with the result that

they do not believe the Gospel

24) It is absolutely critical to understand that there is a sequence in view

25) First the Gospel was heard secondly it was summarily rejected by the individual

26) Finally Satan intervenes and blinds the mind of the one who rejects the Gospel (2

Cor 43-4)

27) The process of blinding is described here as ldquotaking away the word from their heartrdquo

28) This cannot occur apart from the rejection of the Gospel by an individual

29) In the workings of the AC God allows members of the human race to decide whether

or not to accept His plan of salvation the Gospel

30) Therefore the devil cannot frustrate anyone from believing the Gospel apart from

their own reticence to accept it

31) The majority of mankind will fail this test of volition these demonstrate -V (Matt

2214)

32) Many are determined to follow their own course in life and have little if any interest

in the plan of God and their inherent need for salvation

Luke 8

411

33) These types persist in ndashV in opposition to Godrsquos plan regardless of what is shown by

whom or in what manner it is presented to them (John 1711-12 cf Luke 613ff-

Judas was present)

34) The -V of an individual at Gospel hearing is essentially an open invitation for satanic

influence

35) In v 13 the seeds that fell on rocky soil represent those who hear and ldquoreceive the

word with joyrdquo

36) Unlike the seed in the compacted soil this seed germinates and begins the process of

new growth

37) Our term ldquoreceiverdquo indicates acceptance with an added nuance of welcoming the

Gospel (decomai dechomai)

38) In their accounts Matthew and Mark use the term ldquoreceiverdquo which means to accept as

true (lambanw lambano)

39) Although different verbs both point to belief in the Gospel

40) Moreover the acceptance is immediate and joyful

41) The germination of the seed portrays a new life in this case spiritual life (cf John 33

Titus 35 1 Peter 13)

42) ldquoJoyrdquo is the experience of happiness or gladness and in this context when one enters

into the plan of God (cara chara- 1 Thess 16)

43) There are of course a great number of reasons to be joyful in regards to accepting the

Gospel

44) Those who accept the Gospel realize the forgiveness of sins and gain eternal life (1

John 212 25 511)

45) God the Holy Spirit plays a pivotal role in the ldquogerminationrdquo process of the Gospel

a) He convicts man regarding sin and the need for a Savior (John 1526 168-9)

b) There are individuals that resist the Holy Spirit and reject the Gospel as seen with

seed that falls by the road (Acts 751 cf Acts 185-6)

c) Once a person accepts the witness of the Holy Spirit regarding Jesus Christ the

Holy Spirit has a number of different ministries that continue to play an essential

role in his spiritual maturation (eg permanent indwelling John 1417 that is the

Spirit of truth whom the world cannot receive because it does not behold Him or

know Him but you know Him because He abides with you and will be in you

instruction in sound doctrine 1 Corinthians 212 Now we have received not the

spirit of the world but the Spirit who is from God that we might know the things

freely given to us by God resisting the influence of the OSN through His filling

Galatians 516-17 But I say walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the

desire of the flesh 17

For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit and the Spirit

Luke 8

412

against the flesh for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do

the things that you please Ephesians 518 And do not get drunk with wine for

that is dissipation but be filled with the Spirit)

46) Saving faith enables one to utilize a myriad of spiritual resources (eg prayer -

Philippians 46-7 Be anxious for nothing but in everything by prayer and

supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God 7 And the

peace of God which surpasses all comprehension shall guard your hearts and your

minds in Christ Jesus the realm of sound doctrine ndash 1 Timothy 46 In pointing out

these things to the brethren you will be a good servant of Christ Jesus constantly

nourished on the words of the faith and of the sound doctrine which you have been

following the local church ndash 1 Tim 315 strengthening via Holy Spirit ndash Eph 316

etc)

47) Despite the joyful acceptance of the Gospel and all the benefits conferred to the

believer the happiness is only temporary and short-lived

48) This is indicated by the phrase ldquofor a timerdquo which points to a limited time

49) The spiritual growth of the believer is severely limited due to an ldquoundeveloped rootrdquo

(ie ldquono rootrdquo)

50) The other Gospel accounts indicate the root wasnrsquot formed ldquoinrdquo the individual (Matt

1321 Mark 417)

51) A root is a metaphor for sound doctrine residing in the soul of the believer

52) As a plantrsquos root is key to continued growth so sound doctrine in the soul is essential

for proper growth in the believer

53) Bible doctrine provides the necessary spiritual nutrients to be healthy and strong in

the CWL (Deut 83 Matt 44)

54) A lack of Bible doctrine results in an inherently weak condition

55) Also without it ldquoin a time of temptationrdquo the believer will ldquofall awayrdquo

56) The word translated ldquotemptationrdquo refers to an enticement to sin but may also refer

generally to hardship or testing in the life of the believer (peirasmoj peirasmos-

James 12 2 Peter 29)

57) This time is described as a period of ldquoaffliction and persecutionrdquo in Matthew and

Mark (Matt 1317 Mark 417)

58) Note that the affliction and persecution arises ldquobecause of the wordrdquo

59) The believer is depicted as coming under distress and oppression because of his faith

60) The end result for he believer that is not rooted by Bible doctrine is spiritual

capitulation

61) Here such a believer is said to ldquofall awayrdquo which carries the nuance of switching

onersquos allegiance in revolt (avfisthmi aphistemi- 1 Tim 41 Heb 312)

Luke 8

413

62) This one no longer follows Godrsquos directive will but their own will by practicing the

ldquodoing what is right in his own eyesrdquo ethos

63) The next soil type is the thorn or weed filled soil

64) The seed which fell among the thorns germinated and grew (Luke 87)

65) This represents those who heard and accepted the Gospel as in the case of the rocky

soil

66) This believer grows and gains some spiritual momentum

67) The implication is that initially the soil was fertile and that the plant developed a root

system unlike the seed in the rocky soil

68) We may then presume that this believer following saving faith was rooted in some

knowledge of Bible doctrine

69) Further the plant that grew in this soil is portrayed as having a greater longevity than

the one that sprouted up on the rocky soil

70) In the rocky soil the spiritual progress made by the believer is only temporary

ultimately due to two primary factors

a) The deficiency of sound doctrine in the soul (ie a lack of spiritual nutrition)

b) The unwillingness to utilize spiritual armor (Rom 1312 Eph 610ff)

71) However the phrase ldquoas they go on their wayrdquo suggests a longer period of spiritual

momentum even including a believerrsquos entire ph 2

72) Although this believer has some initial spiritual momentum the soil was fertile and

the seed grew other factors sprout up that compromise the productivity of the plant

73) An environment that would promote optimum long term plant growth and

productivity is not maintained

74) Note that thorns ldquogrew up withrdquo the plant (sumfuw sumphuo- to grow together in

Luke 87)

75) Clearly this is an undesirable situation as thorns or weeds if not eradicated are

typically invasive and will eventually choke out the plant

76) Such is the case in this soil type where the thorns are not pulled out and left to

flourish

77) The ldquothornsrdquo represent various unmaintained OSN issues in the life of the believer

(akanqa akantha)

78) Eventually these thorns choke out the productivity and spiritual momentum of the

believer

79) Bear in mind it is the believer that fails to control the OSN and instead indulges the

flesh (similar to pre-salvation modus vivendi ndash Eph 23 cf Rom 1314)

80) The verb ldquochokedrdquo is to restrict the growth or well-being of something by pressure

(sumpnigw sumpnigo)

Luke 8

414

81) Here the thorns that choke the believer are referred to as ldquoworries riches and the

pleasures of this liferdquo

82) Our term translated ldquoliferdquo refers to physical life and the various activities associated

with it (ie ph 2 manner of living bioj bios- 1 Tim 22 2 Tim 24)

83) The first thorn Jesus refers to are ldquoworriesrdquo of this life

84) The plural noun ldquoworriesrdquo refers to concerns or worries (merimna merimna)

85) Depending on the context the term may connote care or concern for a legitimate

object (eg Paul for those in his canon- 2 Cor 1128 cf Timothyrsquos concern for the

Philippians with verb- Phil 220 merimnaw merimnao- to care for to be concerned )

86) However in our verse merimna pertains to sinful worry fear and anxiety that

smother the believer in this earthly life

87) In Matthew and Mark this thorn is referred to as ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo (Matt

1322 Mark 419)

a) ldquoWorriesrdquo is merimna as in our verse

b) The noun translated ldquoworldrdquo pertains to a segment of time or age (aivwn aion)

c) The phrase ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo is better translated ldquothe worries of the

present agerdquo

d) As a general principle every age or period has its own worries and concerns based

on different variables

e) Yet the general concern of living out onersquos life in the world is common to all

88) All believers have concerns that relate to our ph 2

89) Some involve a legitimate need but the believer is unwilling to have confidence in

God and faith rest the situation (eg living grace)

90) Yet other concerns and worries are illegitimate and stirred up by the OSN (eg loss

of position ad status- John 1242-43 death- Psa 234 cf Acts 754-58)

91) In any case the worry and anxiety is invasive

92) The believer succumbs to feelings of apprehension or distress

93) As growing believers we are not to be anxious for anything (Phil 46 cf Isa 354)

94) Focus on today in making the appropriate applications in the AC not on what may or

may not happen in the future (Matt 634 cf Mark 1311)

95) In addition to choking our spiritual momentum being consumed with the worries of

this life will sap a believerrsquos happiness and spiritual vigilance (Prov 1225 Luke

2134)

96) The correct approach in dealing with various ldquoworriesrdquo begins with trusting God and

applying His word to the situation (1 Peter 57 cf Psa 625-8 9419 Isa 4110 2

Cor 19)

97) Faith rest is imperative (Heb 116)

Luke 8

415

98) The worries or concerns that may stifle a believerrsquos spiritual progress are

innumerable Some include

a) Concern for self (James 314-16)

b) Business interests career (James 413-17)

c) Family (Matt 1037)

d) Grief (Ruth 11-18)

e) Love for the world (2 Tim 410 1 John 215-16)

f) Relationships not in accordance with Bible doctrine (James 44 cf 1 Kings 111-8

Neh 1323-27)

g) The past (Ex 163 2 Peter 220-22)

h) ldquoAnythingrdquo that inhibits learning sound doctrine (Luke 1038-42)

99) We are to take active steps to ldquoweed outrdquo any anxiety or illegitimate concern in the

CWL

100) The longer this weed is allowed to grow the harder it becomes to control it

101) The 2nd

thorn cited by Jesus is ldquorichesrdquo

102) ldquoRichesrdquo refers to the material wealth of the cosmos (ploutoj ploutos- Rev

1817)

103) This is in contrast to the Divine ldquorichesrdquo that God bestows on the believer in time

(cf Rom 1133 Phil 419 Heb 1126)

104) Simply possessing ldquorichesrdquo isnrsquot an issue per say for the believer

105) Indeed some great believers were very wealthy (2 Chron 111-12 2 Chron 922

3227-29 Job 4210)

106) Scripture directs specific applications for the wealth however the issue relates to

the believerrsquos attitude towards the acquisition of wealth and prosperity (1 Tim 617-

19)

107) The pursuit of riches is foolhardy and inevitably disrupts spiritual momentum (1

Tim 69-10)

108) We are enjoined to flee from the desire for riches and instead pursue that which

conforms to Godrsquos directive will (1 Tim 611)

109) The believer is to vigilantly guard against greed in any form (Luke 1215 1613

Eph 53)

110) In the other synoptic Gospelrsquos our term ldquorichesrdquo is expanded upon being referred

to as ldquothe deceitfulness of richesrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

111) The deception occurs when the believer is seduced into thinking that his happiness

and security in life is dependent upon riches

112) Despite this prevailing attitude towards wealth in the world the believer must

reject it (Psa 234-5 Prov 2724)

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 2: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

400

15) Luke indicates that these ldquohad been healed of evil spirits and sicknessesrdquo

16) The verb ldquohealedrdquo connotes a degree of personal service in effecting the cure

(qerapeuw therapeuo)

17) These women had been afflicted by ldquoevil spiritsrdquo a reference to demon possession

andor various debilitating illnesses

18) An evil spirit or demon is a fallen angel who voluntarily chose to side with Satan in

revolt against God (Isa 1412-14 Matt 2541 2 Peter 24 Jude 16 Rev 127-9)

19) The illness could be acute or chronic (avsqeneia astheneia ndash John 55)

20) Evidently demon possession was also the cause of various physical ailments (Matt

1222 1715 Luke 1311)

21) The prevailing evil and apostasy present in Israel in Christrsquos day fomented demonic

activity (Matt 424 933 Mark 134 Luke 827)

22) As it was in Christrsquos day so it is that demonic activity is widespread in our current

age (cf 1 Tim 41 Rev 182)

23) Additionally demons are organized into a hierarchy (Matt 1224 Eph 610-12 Rev

911)

24) Although unseen they are a very real force in the cosmos that possess a great

antipathy for the believer (Luke 2231 1 Peter 58)

25) Various activities of demons as manifested in part by Satanrsquos modi operandi (ie how

Satan operates)

a) The enticement to participate in evil (cf the temptation of Jesus 1 Thess 35

Rev 208)

b) Blind mankind to the truth of the Gospel (2 Cor 43-4)

c) The promotion of false religion and ritual (Ex 1212 Judges 211-14 Hosea 414

1 Cor 1019-20)

d) The promotion of false doctrine (2 Cor 211)

e) The manipulation of world leaders and their policies (Dan 1010-20)

f) The possession of unbelievers (Luke 223 John 132)

g) The influence of careless unwary believers (1 Chron 211 Acts 53)

26) The first woman mentioned is ldquoMary who was called Magdalenerdquo

a) The appellative ldquoMagdalenerdquo refers to an inhabitant of Magdala a town on west

side of the Sea of Galilee

b) She had formerly been possessed by seven demons but Jesus had cast them out

c) Mary followed and served Jesus during His Galilean ministry (Matt 2755-56)

d) Additionally she was present at Jesusrsquo crucifixion and burial (Matt 2756-61)

e) Post-resurrection activities (Mark 161 Luke 245-10 John 2011-20)

27) The second mentioned is ldquoJoanna the wife of Chuza Herods stewardrdquo

Luke 8

401

a) Her husbandrsquos ldquoChuzardquo name is thought to be of Nabataean origin (Couzaj

Chouzas from azWK Chuza)1

b) The term ldquostewardrdquo indicates that Chuza held an official administrative position

under Herod Antipas (evpitropoj epitropos- Mat 208 Gal 42)

c) The precise nature of his position cannot be ascertained but such a position would

be well-paid

d) His position suggests that Joanna may have been part of the aristocracy

e) Joanna was with Mary Magdalene following Jesusrsquo resurrection (Luke 2410)

28) The third woman is ldquoSusannardquo which is the only mention of her in Scripture

29) In addition to these three women there were ldquomany otherrdquo women who kept on

supporting Jesus and the Twelve

30) The Greek verb translated ldquowere contributingrdquo indicates that the support was ongoing

(diakonew diakoneo- imperfect active ongoing action in past time)

31) They contributed out of their own possessions and wealth (ie ldquoprivate meansrdquo-

u`parcw huparcho ndash frequently translated ldquopossessionsrdquo Matt 1921 2514 Luke

1215)

32) We see that Jesus and the Twelve were provided living grace through the regular

contributions of His students

33) The context suggests that the three women mentioned and others were wealthy and

able to support Jesusrsquo ministry

34) Besides being able the women capitalized on the opportunity to be generous and

ready to share

35) Their application manifested that they had the proper attitude (cf Phil 24)

36) So too should the believer in the area of grace giving especially in supporting the

function of the local church (cf Gal 66 Phil 415)

37) The correct attitude and motivation in grace giving

a) Give voluntarily (2 Cor 97)

b) Do not give begrudgingly reluctantly or under compulsion

c) Give liberally and generously (2 Cor 81-4 1 Tim 618 cf Matt 108 John 121-

5)

d) Be motivated for eternal ldquoprofitrdquo (Phil 417)

e) Seek to be pleasing to God (Phil 418 Heb 1316)

1 Ibid 317

Luke 8

402

Luke 84-8 And when a great multitude were coming together and those from the

various cities were journeying to Him He spoke by way of a parable 5 The sower went

out to sow his seed and as he sowed some fell beside the road and it was trampled

under foot and the birds of the air ate it up 6 And other seed fell on rocky soil and as

soon as it grew up it withered away because it had no moisture 7 And other seed fell

among the thorns and the thorns grew up with it and choked it out 8 And other seed

fell into the good soil and grew up and produced a crop a hundred times as great As

He said these things He kept calling out He who has ears to hear let him continue to

hear

Analysis of vv 4-8

1) V 4 opens with a ldquogreat multituderdquo assembling to hear Jesus teach from various cities

in the region

2) Luke doesnrsquot indicate where the multitude was gathering

3) However Matthew and Mark reveal that Jesus was at the Sea of Galilee near

Capernaum (Matt 131 Mark 320-21 41)

4) These passages record the crowds were so large Jesus had to push away from shore in

a boat in order to have room to speak

5) Jesus spoke at length to the crowd but in parables

6) The parabolic discourse on this occasion is abbreviated in Lukersquos account with two

parables The Sower and the Lamp and the Cover

7) Yet Matthew and Mark attest that on this occasion He taught His audience through

numerous parables

8) Matthewrsquos parables (Matt 133-52) Sower Wheat and Tares Mustard Seed Leaven

Hidden Treasure Pearl of Great Value Dragnet and Treasure New and Old

9) Markrsquos parables (Mark 43-34) Sower Lamp and Cover Growing Seed and

Mustard Seed

10) Presumably Jesus taught throughout the day and concluded when evening had come

(Mark 435)

11) This method of teaching employed by Jesus was a fulfillment of prophecy (Matt

1334-35)

12) Jesusrsquo parables were stories designed to teach truth through the use of analogies with

familiar details and circumstances in everyday life

13) Further Jesus used intentionally ambiguous language in His parables

14) In this respect a parable tested the volition of the listener

Luke 8

403

15) Those who desired to know the precise meaning of a given parable would have to

seek clarification from the Lord (a marker of + V eg His disciples Matt 1316

Luke 89)

16) In contrast the meaning of a parable would remain hidden to those who didnrsquot inquire

of the Lord (a marker of ndashV Matt 1313-15)

17) The importance of the parable of the Sower

a) The parable illustrates various responses by individuals towards Godrsquos word

b) Jesus declared that this parable to be the key to understanding all the parables

(Mark 413)

18) By omitting the other parables recorded in Matthew and Mark the primary focus is

placed on the parable of the Sower

19) Additionally by placing the visit of Jesusrsquo relatives after He explains the significance

of the parable Luke stresses the importance of hearing and obeying the Godrsquos word

(Luke 819-21)

20) Jesus begins the parable by describing a sower going out to sow his seed a portrayal

that would be well-known to those living in a predominantly agrarian society

21) Specifically Jesus refers to both ldquothe sowerrdquo who went out with the purpose ldquoto sow

his seedrdquo

22) Both ldquosowerrdquo and ldquoseedrdquo are preceded by the definite article in the Greek text which

points out the unique identity that each term represents (lit o speirwn ho speiron =

ldquoThe sowerrdquo and ton sporon auvtou ton sporon autou= ldquothe seed of hishis seedrdquo)

23) The explanation of these identities and other aspects of the parable will be discussed

in vv 11-15

24) In our immediate analysis we will look at the representative physical elements

introduced in the parable

25) The sower is depicted as broadcasting his seed over the earth

26) However the final disposition of the seed varied greatly

27) Jesus indicates ldquoSome fell beside the road and it was trampled underfoot and the

birds of the air ate it uprdquo

28) Our term ldquoroadrdquo may refer to a broad road or even to a well-traveled path in the

countryside (o`doj hodos- Luke 1936)

29) In any case a road would be unsuitable for planting seed as it would compacted and

completely unfit for cultivation

30) Here the road is so hardened the seed doesnrsquot even break the surface

31) Consequently itrsquos trampled underfoot by travelers and eaten by birds

32) Neither Matthew nor Mark make mention that the seed is ldquotrampled underfootrdquo

(katapatew katapateo- cf Matt 134 Mark 44)

Luke 8

404

33) Evidently Luke is referring to the contempt with which many treat Godrsquos word and

view it as worthless (cf Matt 76 Heb 1029)

34) Many birds are opportunists and will consume an easily available meal such as seed

35) The second portion of the seed fell upon ldquorocky soil and as soon as it grew up it

withered away because it had no moisturerdquo

36) Take note ldquoother seedrdquo doesnrsquot refer to a different type of seed but ldquosomerdquo of the

same kind falling in a different soil type

37) Here the seed does break the surface but is depicted as barely taking root (ie lacked

a developed root system)

38) Eventually the dies off for lack of soil nutrients and moisture (cf Mark 45)

39) The third portion of seed ldquofell among thornsrdquo

40) This seed took root and grew up alongside the thorns

41) Yet the thorns essentially invasive weeds smothered the seed and sapped its

fruitfulness (cf Mark 47)

42) Finally the fourth portion ldquofell into the good soilrdquo

43) The syntax of the Greek text emphasizes that this soil was very fertile (lit thn ghn thn avgaqhn ten gen ten agathen =ldquothe soil the good kindrdquo)

44) This seed took root and grew up into a mature prolific fruit growing plant

45) While Luke concisely emphasizes the maximum crop yield of the plant in the good

soil Matthew and Mark indicate that there are lesser yields from plants in the good

soil (Matt138 Mark 48)

46) Of the four portions of seed the first doesnrsquot even penetrate the hardpan road to

germinate

47) All of the remaining three portions of seed germinate but eventually only one

survives and has longevity and fruitfulness

48) The demise of the second and third portions portrayed as sudden and gradual is

attributable to the inferior quality of the soil

49) Both the rocky and weed filled terroir are ultimately unproductive

50) The survival and superior yield of the last is directly related to the high quality of the

soil in which it grows

51) It is significant that throughout Jesusrsquo discourse on the sower He regularly called

out ldquoHe who has ears to hear let him hearrdquo

52) The verb translated ldquokept calling outrdquo is to speak loudly with emphasis (fwnew

phoneo)

53) His words challenge those listening to not merely ldquohearrdquo in a superficial sensory

way

Luke 8

405

54) Rather it is a challenge to hear and understand the spiritual meaning of the parable

and to apply it to their own lives in relation to God and His word

55) Jesusrsquo enjoinder ldquoLet him hearrdquo conveys that His audience should make it their habit

to hear and understand His teaching (present imperative of avkouw akouo- ldquoto hearrdquo

cf Matt 1343 Luke 1435 also Rev 36 which stresses ldquourgencyrdquo with aorist

imperative)

Luke 8

406

Luke 89-10 And His disciples began questioning Him as to what this parable might be 10

And He said To you it has been granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of

God but to the rest it is in parables in order that seeing they may not see and hearing

they may not understand

Analysis of vv 9-10

1) At some point during His discourse Jesus and His disciples are able to have a private

conversation

2) Jesusrsquo disciples began to question Him about the meaning of the parable

3) Mark notes that His subsequent explanation was not limited to the twelve but also

included His other followers (Mark 410)

4) His disciples had heard the parable like everyone else but didnrsquot grasp the meaning

5) A lack of comprehension is understandable given that the parable was intentionally

enigmatic

6) Yet the parable had piqued their desire to understand its underlying meaning

7) This cannot be said for His audience in general as Jesus will point out

8) Before revealing the meaning of the parable Jesus affirms to His disciples ldquoTo you it

has been granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of Godhelliprdquo

9) The phrase ldquoto yourdquo is emphatic occurring first in His response

10) In addition to the position of the phrase the form in the Greek connotes an advantage

to the disciples (ldquo~Uminrdquo humin ndash ldquoTo youhelliprdquo)

11) That is what Jesus explains is for their benefit or in their best interests (ie their free

access to Divine viewpoint)

12) They had been ldquograntedrdquo by God ldquoto know the mysteries of the kingdom of Godrdquo

13) This knowledge wasnrsquot granted on the basis of personal favoritism but rather on the

desire to know His plan (+V Prov 1514 1815 Lam 325 Matt 78)

14) ldquoTo knowrdquo is to have an understanding or comprehension of something (ginwskw

ginosko)

15) In our verse that something is explicitly referred to as ldquothe mysteries of the kingdom

of Godrdquo

16) Our noun translated ldquomysteriesrdquo is a religious technical term used in the Greco-

Roman world generally used to refer to secret rites only known to initiates of various

cults (musthrion musterion)

17) In the NT musterion occurs 28x and of these only 3 are found in the Gospels (Matt

1311 Mark 411)

Luke 8

407

18) Also the term is used in the NT in reference to divine revelation which had been

previously unrevealed and was therefore unknown (cf Paulrsquos use of musterion-Col

126-27)

a) ldquoHiddenrdquo refers to the act whereby God conceals His Divine viewpoint from

various segments of mankind (avpokruptw apokrupto- Luke 1021 1 Cor 27

Eph 39)

b) ldquoAgesrdquo refers to different periods of history or from the Divine viewpoint

different dispensations (aivwn- aion cf Mark 1030 Eph 121)

c) ldquoGenerationsrdquo in this context specifies various peoples living at the same time

within a dispensation (genea- genea Phil 215)

d) Ergo the ldquomysteryrdquo was completely concealed by God from every individual in

every previous dispensation

e) The person and work of Christ was not a mystery to previous dispensations

f) However the fact that He would be the founder and head of the Church had been

mystery which had been hidden from previous dispensations (cf Matt 1618

Col118)

g) The mystery which has been revealed is the Church and related doctrines with

Christ as the head or founder

19) ldquoMysteriesrdquo is adopted by Jesus to refer to various elements of the plan of God that

were previously unknown but now would be revealed to His disciples

20) In keeping with the origin of musterion the disciples of Jesus were divine initiates

into the plan of God

21) Jesus makes a sharp distinction between His disciples and those He refers to as ldquothe

restrdquo

22) ldquoThe restrdquo comprises those that are unbelievers who have no affinity for the Messiah

or the plan of God (-V)

23) Their disinterest in the kingdom of God is manifested by their disinterest in

understanding the parables taught by Jesus

24) They didnrsquot seek the meaning therefore Godrsquos plan was obscured to them

25) Put another way they didnrsquot seek therefore they didnrsquot find

26) The contrast between the groups His disciples and ldquothe restrdquo is really between those

who have knowledge and those who lack knowledge

27) One makes the most of the opportunity that God presents and seeks Him while the

other squanders the opportunity (cf Luke 1229-31 And do not seek what you shall

eat and what you shall drink and do not keep worrying 30 For all these things the

nations of the world eagerly seek but your Father knows that you need these things 31

But seek for His kingdom and these things shall be added to you)

Luke 8

408

28) Jesus reveals the consequences of the latter groups disinterest in the ldquokingdom of

Godrdquo saying ldquohellipin order that seeing they may not see and hearing they may not

understandrdquo

29) On this occasion Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah (Isa 69 cf Matt 1314 Mark 412)

30) ldquoIn order thatrdquo in this verse primarily communicates a result

31) Despite being able to see Jesus and hear His teaching a real understanding and

comprehension eluded ldquothe restrdquo

32) This was the result of strictly listening to parables without clarification

33) As a result of ndashV their spiritual perception or comprehension regarding the plan of

God was blunted

34) However the clause also suggests divine purpose in the use of parables Namely to

defy the understanding of those who disregard God

35) In this sense God will obscure His plan from those who like ldquothe restrdquo reject it (Deut

294 Isa 610 4418 John 1240 Rom 118)

36) The parables taught by Jesus were an invitation to enlightenment that was rebuffed

by most

Luke 8

409

Luke 811-15 Now the parable is this the seed is the word of God 12

And those beside

the road are those who have heard then the devil comes and takes away the word from

their heart so that they may not believe and be saved 13

And those on the rocky soil are

those who when they hear receive the word with joy and these have no firm root they

believe for a while and in time of temptation fall away 14

And the seed which fell

among the thorns these are the ones who have heard and as they go on their way they

are choked with worries and riches and pleasures of this life and bring no fruit to

maturity 15

And the seed in the good soil these are the ones who have heard the word in

an honest and good heart and continue holding it fast and continue bearing fruit with

perseverance

Analysis of vv 11-15

1) Jesus provides an explanation of the parable of the sower

2) In Mark He stresses the importance of understanding this parable as it was

foundational to the correct understanding of other parables (Mark 413)

3) He provides a step by step interpretation of the salient elements Namely the seed and

the different types of soil

4) The seed that was sown is identified as ldquothe word of Godrdquo

5) ldquoThe word of Godrdquo specifically refers to the Gospel it is the seed that will potentially

germinate and flourish in the life of individual that hears it (Acts 431 67 Col 15-

6)

6) However ldquothe sowerrdquo isnrsquot identified in this interpretation

7) Itrsquos evident that ldquothe sowerrdquo is one who ldquosows the word of Godrdquo (cf Mark 414)

8) The act of sowing on the part of the sower is representative of the communication of

the word of God

9) There are various sowers of Godrsquos word the Gospel

a) Ultimately God is the sower of His word (Isa 5510-11)

b) In our context Jesus disseminated the Gospel to the multitudes (Luke 418 722

201)

c) Any believer that proclaims the Gospel (Luke 96 Acts 835 2 Tim 45 1 Peter

315)

10) Although there may be a variety of sowers the seed or ldquoword of Godrdquo remains

constant throughout the parable in vv 5-8 and its interpretation in our verses

11) The seed in the parable is depicted as falling on four different soil types ranging from

hard pan to very fertile soil

12) The different soil types primarily represent different volitional responses to the

Gospel by those who hear it

Luke 8

410

13) Additionally the germination of the seed in three of the soil types alludes to varying

degrees of spiritual momentum after an individual accepts the Gospel

14) The compacted lifeless soil beside the road that the seed was unable to penetrate is

identified here as ldquothose who have heardrdquo

15) ldquoThose who have heardrdquo are those who are presented the Gospel and decide to reject

it (-V to the Gospel)

16) The fallout of the decision to reject the Gospel is demonic interference

17) This was represented in the parable through the seed being ldquotrampled under footrdquo and

being consumed by the birds of the airrdquo

18) The plural ldquobirdsrdquo represents Satan and his demonic forces (cf Rev 182)

19) Following the rejection ldquothe devil comes and takes away the word from their heart

so that they may not believe and be savedrdquo

20) ldquoThe devilrdquo is a title for Satan and means ldquothe slandererrdquo (o` diaboloj ho diabolos)

21) He is referred to as ldquothe evil onerdquo and ldquoSatanrdquo respectively in Matthew and Mark

(Matt 1319 Mark 415)

a) ldquoThe evil onerdquo points to his complete moral worthlessness coupled with

maliciousness (o` ponhroj ho poneros- John 1715)

b) ldquoSatanrdquo means ldquoAdversaryrdquo an apt title for the enemy of God and believers

(Satan Satan- 1 Thess 218)

22) He is unrelenting in his opposition to God and His word

23) Here the devil is said to ldquotake away the word from their heartrdquo with the result that

they do not believe the Gospel

24) It is absolutely critical to understand that there is a sequence in view

25) First the Gospel was heard secondly it was summarily rejected by the individual

26) Finally Satan intervenes and blinds the mind of the one who rejects the Gospel (2

Cor 43-4)

27) The process of blinding is described here as ldquotaking away the word from their heartrdquo

28) This cannot occur apart from the rejection of the Gospel by an individual

29) In the workings of the AC God allows members of the human race to decide whether

or not to accept His plan of salvation the Gospel

30) Therefore the devil cannot frustrate anyone from believing the Gospel apart from

their own reticence to accept it

31) The majority of mankind will fail this test of volition these demonstrate -V (Matt

2214)

32) Many are determined to follow their own course in life and have little if any interest

in the plan of God and their inherent need for salvation

Luke 8

411

33) These types persist in ndashV in opposition to Godrsquos plan regardless of what is shown by

whom or in what manner it is presented to them (John 1711-12 cf Luke 613ff-

Judas was present)

34) The -V of an individual at Gospel hearing is essentially an open invitation for satanic

influence

35) In v 13 the seeds that fell on rocky soil represent those who hear and ldquoreceive the

word with joyrdquo

36) Unlike the seed in the compacted soil this seed germinates and begins the process of

new growth

37) Our term ldquoreceiverdquo indicates acceptance with an added nuance of welcoming the

Gospel (decomai dechomai)

38) In their accounts Matthew and Mark use the term ldquoreceiverdquo which means to accept as

true (lambanw lambano)

39) Although different verbs both point to belief in the Gospel

40) Moreover the acceptance is immediate and joyful

41) The germination of the seed portrays a new life in this case spiritual life (cf John 33

Titus 35 1 Peter 13)

42) ldquoJoyrdquo is the experience of happiness or gladness and in this context when one enters

into the plan of God (cara chara- 1 Thess 16)

43) There are of course a great number of reasons to be joyful in regards to accepting the

Gospel

44) Those who accept the Gospel realize the forgiveness of sins and gain eternal life (1

John 212 25 511)

45) God the Holy Spirit plays a pivotal role in the ldquogerminationrdquo process of the Gospel

a) He convicts man regarding sin and the need for a Savior (John 1526 168-9)

b) There are individuals that resist the Holy Spirit and reject the Gospel as seen with

seed that falls by the road (Acts 751 cf Acts 185-6)

c) Once a person accepts the witness of the Holy Spirit regarding Jesus Christ the

Holy Spirit has a number of different ministries that continue to play an essential

role in his spiritual maturation (eg permanent indwelling John 1417 that is the

Spirit of truth whom the world cannot receive because it does not behold Him or

know Him but you know Him because He abides with you and will be in you

instruction in sound doctrine 1 Corinthians 212 Now we have received not the

spirit of the world but the Spirit who is from God that we might know the things

freely given to us by God resisting the influence of the OSN through His filling

Galatians 516-17 But I say walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the

desire of the flesh 17

For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit and the Spirit

Luke 8

412

against the flesh for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do

the things that you please Ephesians 518 And do not get drunk with wine for

that is dissipation but be filled with the Spirit)

46) Saving faith enables one to utilize a myriad of spiritual resources (eg prayer -

Philippians 46-7 Be anxious for nothing but in everything by prayer and

supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God 7 And the

peace of God which surpasses all comprehension shall guard your hearts and your

minds in Christ Jesus the realm of sound doctrine ndash 1 Timothy 46 In pointing out

these things to the brethren you will be a good servant of Christ Jesus constantly

nourished on the words of the faith and of the sound doctrine which you have been

following the local church ndash 1 Tim 315 strengthening via Holy Spirit ndash Eph 316

etc)

47) Despite the joyful acceptance of the Gospel and all the benefits conferred to the

believer the happiness is only temporary and short-lived

48) This is indicated by the phrase ldquofor a timerdquo which points to a limited time

49) The spiritual growth of the believer is severely limited due to an ldquoundeveloped rootrdquo

(ie ldquono rootrdquo)

50) The other Gospel accounts indicate the root wasnrsquot formed ldquoinrdquo the individual (Matt

1321 Mark 417)

51) A root is a metaphor for sound doctrine residing in the soul of the believer

52) As a plantrsquos root is key to continued growth so sound doctrine in the soul is essential

for proper growth in the believer

53) Bible doctrine provides the necessary spiritual nutrients to be healthy and strong in

the CWL (Deut 83 Matt 44)

54) A lack of Bible doctrine results in an inherently weak condition

55) Also without it ldquoin a time of temptationrdquo the believer will ldquofall awayrdquo

56) The word translated ldquotemptationrdquo refers to an enticement to sin but may also refer

generally to hardship or testing in the life of the believer (peirasmoj peirasmos-

James 12 2 Peter 29)

57) This time is described as a period of ldquoaffliction and persecutionrdquo in Matthew and

Mark (Matt 1317 Mark 417)

58) Note that the affliction and persecution arises ldquobecause of the wordrdquo

59) The believer is depicted as coming under distress and oppression because of his faith

60) The end result for he believer that is not rooted by Bible doctrine is spiritual

capitulation

61) Here such a believer is said to ldquofall awayrdquo which carries the nuance of switching

onersquos allegiance in revolt (avfisthmi aphistemi- 1 Tim 41 Heb 312)

Luke 8

413

62) This one no longer follows Godrsquos directive will but their own will by practicing the

ldquodoing what is right in his own eyesrdquo ethos

63) The next soil type is the thorn or weed filled soil

64) The seed which fell among the thorns germinated and grew (Luke 87)

65) This represents those who heard and accepted the Gospel as in the case of the rocky

soil

66) This believer grows and gains some spiritual momentum

67) The implication is that initially the soil was fertile and that the plant developed a root

system unlike the seed in the rocky soil

68) We may then presume that this believer following saving faith was rooted in some

knowledge of Bible doctrine

69) Further the plant that grew in this soil is portrayed as having a greater longevity than

the one that sprouted up on the rocky soil

70) In the rocky soil the spiritual progress made by the believer is only temporary

ultimately due to two primary factors

a) The deficiency of sound doctrine in the soul (ie a lack of spiritual nutrition)

b) The unwillingness to utilize spiritual armor (Rom 1312 Eph 610ff)

71) However the phrase ldquoas they go on their wayrdquo suggests a longer period of spiritual

momentum even including a believerrsquos entire ph 2

72) Although this believer has some initial spiritual momentum the soil was fertile and

the seed grew other factors sprout up that compromise the productivity of the plant

73) An environment that would promote optimum long term plant growth and

productivity is not maintained

74) Note that thorns ldquogrew up withrdquo the plant (sumfuw sumphuo- to grow together in

Luke 87)

75) Clearly this is an undesirable situation as thorns or weeds if not eradicated are

typically invasive and will eventually choke out the plant

76) Such is the case in this soil type where the thorns are not pulled out and left to

flourish

77) The ldquothornsrdquo represent various unmaintained OSN issues in the life of the believer

(akanqa akantha)

78) Eventually these thorns choke out the productivity and spiritual momentum of the

believer

79) Bear in mind it is the believer that fails to control the OSN and instead indulges the

flesh (similar to pre-salvation modus vivendi ndash Eph 23 cf Rom 1314)

80) The verb ldquochokedrdquo is to restrict the growth or well-being of something by pressure

(sumpnigw sumpnigo)

Luke 8

414

81) Here the thorns that choke the believer are referred to as ldquoworries riches and the

pleasures of this liferdquo

82) Our term translated ldquoliferdquo refers to physical life and the various activities associated

with it (ie ph 2 manner of living bioj bios- 1 Tim 22 2 Tim 24)

83) The first thorn Jesus refers to are ldquoworriesrdquo of this life

84) The plural noun ldquoworriesrdquo refers to concerns or worries (merimna merimna)

85) Depending on the context the term may connote care or concern for a legitimate

object (eg Paul for those in his canon- 2 Cor 1128 cf Timothyrsquos concern for the

Philippians with verb- Phil 220 merimnaw merimnao- to care for to be concerned )

86) However in our verse merimna pertains to sinful worry fear and anxiety that

smother the believer in this earthly life

87) In Matthew and Mark this thorn is referred to as ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo (Matt

1322 Mark 419)

a) ldquoWorriesrdquo is merimna as in our verse

b) The noun translated ldquoworldrdquo pertains to a segment of time or age (aivwn aion)

c) The phrase ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo is better translated ldquothe worries of the

present agerdquo

d) As a general principle every age or period has its own worries and concerns based

on different variables

e) Yet the general concern of living out onersquos life in the world is common to all

88) All believers have concerns that relate to our ph 2

89) Some involve a legitimate need but the believer is unwilling to have confidence in

God and faith rest the situation (eg living grace)

90) Yet other concerns and worries are illegitimate and stirred up by the OSN (eg loss

of position ad status- John 1242-43 death- Psa 234 cf Acts 754-58)

91) In any case the worry and anxiety is invasive

92) The believer succumbs to feelings of apprehension or distress

93) As growing believers we are not to be anxious for anything (Phil 46 cf Isa 354)

94) Focus on today in making the appropriate applications in the AC not on what may or

may not happen in the future (Matt 634 cf Mark 1311)

95) In addition to choking our spiritual momentum being consumed with the worries of

this life will sap a believerrsquos happiness and spiritual vigilance (Prov 1225 Luke

2134)

96) The correct approach in dealing with various ldquoworriesrdquo begins with trusting God and

applying His word to the situation (1 Peter 57 cf Psa 625-8 9419 Isa 4110 2

Cor 19)

97) Faith rest is imperative (Heb 116)

Luke 8

415

98) The worries or concerns that may stifle a believerrsquos spiritual progress are

innumerable Some include

a) Concern for self (James 314-16)

b) Business interests career (James 413-17)

c) Family (Matt 1037)

d) Grief (Ruth 11-18)

e) Love for the world (2 Tim 410 1 John 215-16)

f) Relationships not in accordance with Bible doctrine (James 44 cf 1 Kings 111-8

Neh 1323-27)

g) The past (Ex 163 2 Peter 220-22)

h) ldquoAnythingrdquo that inhibits learning sound doctrine (Luke 1038-42)

99) We are to take active steps to ldquoweed outrdquo any anxiety or illegitimate concern in the

CWL

100) The longer this weed is allowed to grow the harder it becomes to control it

101) The 2nd

thorn cited by Jesus is ldquorichesrdquo

102) ldquoRichesrdquo refers to the material wealth of the cosmos (ploutoj ploutos- Rev

1817)

103) This is in contrast to the Divine ldquorichesrdquo that God bestows on the believer in time

(cf Rom 1133 Phil 419 Heb 1126)

104) Simply possessing ldquorichesrdquo isnrsquot an issue per say for the believer

105) Indeed some great believers were very wealthy (2 Chron 111-12 2 Chron 922

3227-29 Job 4210)

106) Scripture directs specific applications for the wealth however the issue relates to

the believerrsquos attitude towards the acquisition of wealth and prosperity (1 Tim 617-

19)

107) The pursuit of riches is foolhardy and inevitably disrupts spiritual momentum (1

Tim 69-10)

108) We are enjoined to flee from the desire for riches and instead pursue that which

conforms to Godrsquos directive will (1 Tim 611)

109) The believer is to vigilantly guard against greed in any form (Luke 1215 1613

Eph 53)

110) In the other synoptic Gospelrsquos our term ldquorichesrdquo is expanded upon being referred

to as ldquothe deceitfulness of richesrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

111) The deception occurs when the believer is seduced into thinking that his happiness

and security in life is dependent upon riches

112) Despite this prevailing attitude towards wealth in the world the believer must

reject it (Psa 234-5 Prov 2724)

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 3: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

401

a) Her husbandrsquos ldquoChuzardquo name is thought to be of Nabataean origin (Couzaj

Chouzas from azWK Chuza)1

b) The term ldquostewardrdquo indicates that Chuza held an official administrative position

under Herod Antipas (evpitropoj epitropos- Mat 208 Gal 42)

c) The precise nature of his position cannot be ascertained but such a position would

be well-paid

d) His position suggests that Joanna may have been part of the aristocracy

e) Joanna was with Mary Magdalene following Jesusrsquo resurrection (Luke 2410)

28) The third woman is ldquoSusannardquo which is the only mention of her in Scripture

29) In addition to these three women there were ldquomany otherrdquo women who kept on

supporting Jesus and the Twelve

30) The Greek verb translated ldquowere contributingrdquo indicates that the support was ongoing

(diakonew diakoneo- imperfect active ongoing action in past time)

31) They contributed out of their own possessions and wealth (ie ldquoprivate meansrdquo-

u`parcw huparcho ndash frequently translated ldquopossessionsrdquo Matt 1921 2514 Luke

1215)

32) We see that Jesus and the Twelve were provided living grace through the regular

contributions of His students

33) The context suggests that the three women mentioned and others were wealthy and

able to support Jesusrsquo ministry

34) Besides being able the women capitalized on the opportunity to be generous and

ready to share

35) Their application manifested that they had the proper attitude (cf Phil 24)

36) So too should the believer in the area of grace giving especially in supporting the

function of the local church (cf Gal 66 Phil 415)

37) The correct attitude and motivation in grace giving

a) Give voluntarily (2 Cor 97)

b) Do not give begrudgingly reluctantly or under compulsion

c) Give liberally and generously (2 Cor 81-4 1 Tim 618 cf Matt 108 John 121-

5)

d) Be motivated for eternal ldquoprofitrdquo (Phil 417)

e) Seek to be pleasing to God (Phil 418 Heb 1316)

1 Ibid 317

Luke 8

402

Luke 84-8 And when a great multitude were coming together and those from the

various cities were journeying to Him He spoke by way of a parable 5 The sower went

out to sow his seed and as he sowed some fell beside the road and it was trampled

under foot and the birds of the air ate it up 6 And other seed fell on rocky soil and as

soon as it grew up it withered away because it had no moisture 7 And other seed fell

among the thorns and the thorns grew up with it and choked it out 8 And other seed

fell into the good soil and grew up and produced a crop a hundred times as great As

He said these things He kept calling out He who has ears to hear let him continue to

hear

Analysis of vv 4-8

1) V 4 opens with a ldquogreat multituderdquo assembling to hear Jesus teach from various cities

in the region

2) Luke doesnrsquot indicate where the multitude was gathering

3) However Matthew and Mark reveal that Jesus was at the Sea of Galilee near

Capernaum (Matt 131 Mark 320-21 41)

4) These passages record the crowds were so large Jesus had to push away from shore in

a boat in order to have room to speak

5) Jesus spoke at length to the crowd but in parables

6) The parabolic discourse on this occasion is abbreviated in Lukersquos account with two

parables The Sower and the Lamp and the Cover

7) Yet Matthew and Mark attest that on this occasion He taught His audience through

numerous parables

8) Matthewrsquos parables (Matt 133-52) Sower Wheat and Tares Mustard Seed Leaven

Hidden Treasure Pearl of Great Value Dragnet and Treasure New and Old

9) Markrsquos parables (Mark 43-34) Sower Lamp and Cover Growing Seed and

Mustard Seed

10) Presumably Jesus taught throughout the day and concluded when evening had come

(Mark 435)

11) This method of teaching employed by Jesus was a fulfillment of prophecy (Matt

1334-35)

12) Jesusrsquo parables were stories designed to teach truth through the use of analogies with

familiar details and circumstances in everyday life

13) Further Jesus used intentionally ambiguous language in His parables

14) In this respect a parable tested the volition of the listener

Luke 8

403

15) Those who desired to know the precise meaning of a given parable would have to

seek clarification from the Lord (a marker of + V eg His disciples Matt 1316

Luke 89)

16) In contrast the meaning of a parable would remain hidden to those who didnrsquot inquire

of the Lord (a marker of ndashV Matt 1313-15)

17) The importance of the parable of the Sower

a) The parable illustrates various responses by individuals towards Godrsquos word

b) Jesus declared that this parable to be the key to understanding all the parables

(Mark 413)

18) By omitting the other parables recorded in Matthew and Mark the primary focus is

placed on the parable of the Sower

19) Additionally by placing the visit of Jesusrsquo relatives after He explains the significance

of the parable Luke stresses the importance of hearing and obeying the Godrsquos word

(Luke 819-21)

20) Jesus begins the parable by describing a sower going out to sow his seed a portrayal

that would be well-known to those living in a predominantly agrarian society

21) Specifically Jesus refers to both ldquothe sowerrdquo who went out with the purpose ldquoto sow

his seedrdquo

22) Both ldquosowerrdquo and ldquoseedrdquo are preceded by the definite article in the Greek text which

points out the unique identity that each term represents (lit o speirwn ho speiron =

ldquoThe sowerrdquo and ton sporon auvtou ton sporon autou= ldquothe seed of hishis seedrdquo)

23) The explanation of these identities and other aspects of the parable will be discussed

in vv 11-15

24) In our immediate analysis we will look at the representative physical elements

introduced in the parable

25) The sower is depicted as broadcasting his seed over the earth

26) However the final disposition of the seed varied greatly

27) Jesus indicates ldquoSome fell beside the road and it was trampled underfoot and the

birds of the air ate it uprdquo

28) Our term ldquoroadrdquo may refer to a broad road or even to a well-traveled path in the

countryside (o`doj hodos- Luke 1936)

29) In any case a road would be unsuitable for planting seed as it would compacted and

completely unfit for cultivation

30) Here the road is so hardened the seed doesnrsquot even break the surface

31) Consequently itrsquos trampled underfoot by travelers and eaten by birds

32) Neither Matthew nor Mark make mention that the seed is ldquotrampled underfootrdquo

(katapatew katapateo- cf Matt 134 Mark 44)

Luke 8

404

33) Evidently Luke is referring to the contempt with which many treat Godrsquos word and

view it as worthless (cf Matt 76 Heb 1029)

34) Many birds are opportunists and will consume an easily available meal such as seed

35) The second portion of the seed fell upon ldquorocky soil and as soon as it grew up it

withered away because it had no moisturerdquo

36) Take note ldquoother seedrdquo doesnrsquot refer to a different type of seed but ldquosomerdquo of the

same kind falling in a different soil type

37) Here the seed does break the surface but is depicted as barely taking root (ie lacked

a developed root system)

38) Eventually the dies off for lack of soil nutrients and moisture (cf Mark 45)

39) The third portion of seed ldquofell among thornsrdquo

40) This seed took root and grew up alongside the thorns

41) Yet the thorns essentially invasive weeds smothered the seed and sapped its

fruitfulness (cf Mark 47)

42) Finally the fourth portion ldquofell into the good soilrdquo

43) The syntax of the Greek text emphasizes that this soil was very fertile (lit thn ghn thn avgaqhn ten gen ten agathen =ldquothe soil the good kindrdquo)

44) This seed took root and grew up into a mature prolific fruit growing plant

45) While Luke concisely emphasizes the maximum crop yield of the plant in the good

soil Matthew and Mark indicate that there are lesser yields from plants in the good

soil (Matt138 Mark 48)

46) Of the four portions of seed the first doesnrsquot even penetrate the hardpan road to

germinate

47) All of the remaining three portions of seed germinate but eventually only one

survives and has longevity and fruitfulness

48) The demise of the second and third portions portrayed as sudden and gradual is

attributable to the inferior quality of the soil

49) Both the rocky and weed filled terroir are ultimately unproductive

50) The survival and superior yield of the last is directly related to the high quality of the

soil in which it grows

51) It is significant that throughout Jesusrsquo discourse on the sower He regularly called

out ldquoHe who has ears to hear let him hearrdquo

52) The verb translated ldquokept calling outrdquo is to speak loudly with emphasis (fwnew

phoneo)

53) His words challenge those listening to not merely ldquohearrdquo in a superficial sensory

way

Luke 8

405

54) Rather it is a challenge to hear and understand the spiritual meaning of the parable

and to apply it to their own lives in relation to God and His word

55) Jesusrsquo enjoinder ldquoLet him hearrdquo conveys that His audience should make it their habit

to hear and understand His teaching (present imperative of avkouw akouo- ldquoto hearrdquo

cf Matt 1343 Luke 1435 also Rev 36 which stresses ldquourgencyrdquo with aorist

imperative)

Luke 8

406

Luke 89-10 And His disciples began questioning Him as to what this parable might be 10

And He said To you it has been granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of

God but to the rest it is in parables in order that seeing they may not see and hearing

they may not understand

Analysis of vv 9-10

1) At some point during His discourse Jesus and His disciples are able to have a private

conversation

2) Jesusrsquo disciples began to question Him about the meaning of the parable

3) Mark notes that His subsequent explanation was not limited to the twelve but also

included His other followers (Mark 410)

4) His disciples had heard the parable like everyone else but didnrsquot grasp the meaning

5) A lack of comprehension is understandable given that the parable was intentionally

enigmatic

6) Yet the parable had piqued their desire to understand its underlying meaning

7) This cannot be said for His audience in general as Jesus will point out

8) Before revealing the meaning of the parable Jesus affirms to His disciples ldquoTo you it

has been granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of Godhelliprdquo

9) The phrase ldquoto yourdquo is emphatic occurring first in His response

10) In addition to the position of the phrase the form in the Greek connotes an advantage

to the disciples (ldquo~Uminrdquo humin ndash ldquoTo youhelliprdquo)

11) That is what Jesus explains is for their benefit or in their best interests (ie their free

access to Divine viewpoint)

12) They had been ldquograntedrdquo by God ldquoto know the mysteries of the kingdom of Godrdquo

13) This knowledge wasnrsquot granted on the basis of personal favoritism but rather on the

desire to know His plan (+V Prov 1514 1815 Lam 325 Matt 78)

14) ldquoTo knowrdquo is to have an understanding or comprehension of something (ginwskw

ginosko)

15) In our verse that something is explicitly referred to as ldquothe mysteries of the kingdom

of Godrdquo

16) Our noun translated ldquomysteriesrdquo is a religious technical term used in the Greco-

Roman world generally used to refer to secret rites only known to initiates of various

cults (musthrion musterion)

17) In the NT musterion occurs 28x and of these only 3 are found in the Gospels (Matt

1311 Mark 411)

Luke 8

407

18) Also the term is used in the NT in reference to divine revelation which had been

previously unrevealed and was therefore unknown (cf Paulrsquos use of musterion-Col

126-27)

a) ldquoHiddenrdquo refers to the act whereby God conceals His Divine viewpoint from

various segments of mankind (avpokruptw apokrupto- Luke 1021 1 Cor 27

Eph 39)

b) ldquoAgesrdquo refers to different periods of history or from the Divine viewpoint

different dispensations (aivwn- aion cf Mark 1030 Eph 121)

c) ldquoGenerationsrdquo in this context specifies various peoples living at the same time

within a dispensation (genea- genea Phil 215)

d) Ergo the ldquomysteryrdquo was completely concealed by God from every individual in

every previous dispensation

e) The person and work of Christ was not a mystery to previous dispensations

f) However the fact that He would be the founder and head of the Church had been

mystery which had been hidden from previous dispensations (cf Matt 1618

Col118)

g) The mystery which has been revealed is the Church and related doctrines with

Christ as the head or founder

19) ldquoMysteriesrdquo is adopted by Jesus to refer to various elements of the plan of God that

were previously unknown but now would be revealed to His disciples

20) In keeping with the origin of musterion the disciples of Jesus were divine initiates

into the plan of God

21) Jesus makes a sharp distinction between His disciples and those He refers to as ldquothe

restrdquo

22) ldquoThe restrdquo comprises those that are unbelievers who have no affinity for the Messiah

or the plan of God (-V)

23) Their disinterest in the kingdom of God is manifested by their disinterest in

understanding the parables taught by Jesus

24) They didnrsquot seek the meaning therefore Godrsquos plan was obscured to them

25) Put another way they didnrsquot seek therefore they didnrsquot find

26) The contrast between the groups His disciples and ldquothe restrdquo is really between those

who have knowledge and those who lack knowledge

27) One makes the most of the opportunity that God presents and seeks Him while the

other squanders the opportunity (cf Luke 1229-31 And do not seek what you shall

eat and what you shall drink and do not keep worrying 30 For all these things the

nations of the world eagerly seek but your Father knows that you need these things 31

But seek for His kingdom and these things shall be added to you)

Luke 8

408

28) Jesus reveals the consequences of the latter groups disinterest in the ldquokingdom of

Godrdquo saying ldquohellipin order that seeing they may not see and hearing they may not

understandrdquo

29) On this occasion Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah (Isa 69 cf Matt 1314 Mark 412)

30) ldquoIn order thatrdquo in this verse primarily communicates a result

31) Despite being able to see Jesus and hear His teaching a real understanding and

comprehension eluded ldquothe restrdquo

32) This was the result of strictly listening to parables without clarification

33) As a result of ndashV their spiritual perception or comprehension regarding the plan of

God was blunted

34) However the clause also suggests divine purpose in the use of parables Namely to

defy the understanding of those who disregard God

35) In this sense God will obscure His plan from those who like ldquothe restrdquo reject it (Deut

294 Isa 610 4418 John 1240 Rom 118)

36) The parables taught by Jesus were an invitation to enlightenment that was rebuffed

by most

Luke 8

409

Luke 811-15 Now the parable is this the seed is the word of God 12

And those beside

the road are those who have heard then the devil comes and takes away the word from

their heart so that they may not believe and be saved 13

And those on the rocky soil are

those who when they hear receive the word with joy and these have no firm root they

believe for a while and in time of temptation fall away 14

And the seed which fell

among the thorns these are the ones who have heard and as they go on their way they

are choked with worries and riches and pleasures of this life and bring no fruit to

maturity 15

And the seed in the good soil these are the ones who have heard the word in

an honest and good heart and continue holding it fast and continue bearing fruit with

perseverance

Analysis of vv 11-15

1) Jesus provides an explanation of the parable of the sower

2) In Mark He stresses the importance of understanding this parable as it was

foundational to the correct understanding of other parables (Mark 413)

3) He provides a step by step interpretation of the salient elements Namely the seed and

the different types of soil

4) The seed that was sown is identified as ldquothe word of Godrdquo

5) ldquoThe word of Godrdquo specifically refers to the Gospel it is the seed that will potentially

germinate and flourish in the life of individual that hears it (Acts 431 67 Col 15-

6)

6) However ldquothe sowerrdquo isnrsquot identified in this interpretation

7) Itrsquos evident that ldquothe sowerrdquo is one who ldquosows the word of Godrdquo (cf Mark 414)

8) The act of sowing on the part of the sower is representative of the communication of

the word of God

9) There are various sowers of Godrsquos word the Gospel

a) Ultimately God is the sower of His word (Isa 5510-11)

b) In our context Jesus disseminated the Gospel to the multitudes (Luke 418 722

201)

c) Any believer that proclaims the Gospel (Luke 96 Acts 835 2 Tim 45 1 Peter

315)

10) Although there may be a variety of sowers the seed or ldquoword of Godrdquo remains

constant throughout the parable in vv 5-8 and its interpretation in our verses

11) The seed in the parable is depicted as falling on four different soil types ranging from

hard pan to very fertile soil

12) The different soil types primarily represent different volitional responses to the

Gospel by those who hear it

Luke 8

410

13) Additionally the germination of the seed in three of the soil types alludes to varying

degrees of spiritual momentum after an individual accepts the Gospel

14) The compacted lifeless soil beside the road that the seed was unable to penetrate is

identified here as ldquothose who have heardrdquo

15) ldquoThose who have heardrdquo are those who are presented the Gospel and decide to reject

it (-V to the Gospel)

16) The fallout of the decision to reject the Gospel is demonic interference

17) This was represented in the parable through the seed being ldquotrampled under footrdquo and

being consumed by the birds of the airrdquo

18) The plural ldquobirdsrdquo represents Satan and his demonic forces (cf Rev 182)

19) Following the rejection ldquothe devil comes and takes away the word from their heart

so that they may not believe and be savedrdquo

20) ldquoThe devilrdquo is a title for Satan and means ldquothe slandererrdquo (o` diaboloj ho diabolos)

21) He is referred to as ldquothe evil onerdquo and ldquoSatanrdquo respectively in Matthew and Mark

(Matt 1319 Mark 415)

a) ldquoThe evil onerdquo points to his complete moral worthlessness coupled with

maliciousness (o` ponhroj ho poneros- John 1715)

b) ldquoSatanrdquo means ldquoAdversaryrdquo an apt title for the enemy of God and believers

(Satan Satan- 1 Thess 218)

22) He is unrelenting in his opposition to God and His word

23) Here the devil is said to ldquotake away the word from their heartrdquo with the result that

they do not believe the Gospel

24) It is absolutely critical to understand that there is a sequence in view

25) First the Gospel was heard secondly it was summarily rejected by the individual

26) Finally Satan intervenes and blinds the mind of the one who rejects the Gospel (2

Cor 43-4)

27) The process of blinding is described here as ldquotaking away the word from their heartrdquo

28) This cannot occur apart from the rejection of the Gospel by an individual

29) In the workings of the AC God allows members of the human race to decide whether

or not to accept His plan of salvation the Gospel

30) Therefore the devil cannot frustrate anyone from believing the Gospel apart from

their own reticence to accept it

31) The majority of mankind will fail this test of volition these demonstrate -V (Matt

2214)

32) Many are determined to follow their own course in life and have little if any interest

in the plan of God and their inherent need for salvation

Luke 8

411

33) These types persist in ndashV in opposition to Godrsquos plan regardless of what is shown by

whom or in what manner it is presented to them (John 1711-12 cf Luke 613ff-

Judas was present)

34) The -V of an individual at Gospel hearing is essentially an open invitation for satanic

influence

35) In v 13 the seeds that fell on rocky soil represent those who hear and ldquoreceive the

word with joyrdquo

36) Unlike the seed in the compacted soil this seed germinates and begins the process of

new growth

37) Our term ldquoreceiverdquo indicates acceptance with an added nuance of welcoming the

Gospel (decomai dechomai)

38) In their accounts Matthew and Mark use the term ldquoreceiverdquo which means to accept as

true (lambanw lambano)

39) Although different verbs both point to belief in the Gospel

40) Moreover the acceptance is immediate and joyful

41) The germination of the seed portrays a new life in this case spiritual life (cf John 33

Titus 35 1 Peter 13)

42) ldquoJoyrdquo is the experience of happiness or gladness and in this context when one enters

into the plan of God (cara chara- 1 Thess 16)

43) There are of course a great number of reasons to be joyful in regards to accepting the

Gospel

44) Those who accept the Gospel realize the forgiveness of sins and gain eternal life (1

John 212 25 511)

45) God the Holy Spirit plays a pivotal role in the ldquogerminationrdquo process of the Gospel

a) He convicts man regarding sin and the need for a Savior (John 1526 168-9)

b) There are individuals that resist the Holy Spirit and reject the Gospel as seen with

seed that falls by the road (Acts 751 cf Acts 185-6)

c) Once a person accepts the witness of the Holy Spirit regarding Jesus Christ the

Holy Spirit has a number of different ministries that continue to play an essential

role in his spiritual maturation (eg permanent indwelling John 1417 that is the

Spirit of truth whom the world cannot receive because it does not behold Him or

know Him but you know Him because He abides with you and will be in you

instruction in sound doctrine 1 Corinthians 212 Now we have received not the

spirit of the world but the Spirit who is from God that we might know the things

freely given to us by God resisting the influence of the OSN through His filling

Galatians 516-17 But I say walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the

desire of the flesh 17

For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit and the Spirit

Luke 8

412

against the flesh for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do

the things that you please Ephesians 518 And do not get drunk with wine for

that is dissipation but be filled with the Spirit)

46) Saving faith enables one to utilize a myriad of spiritual resources (eg prayer -

Philippians 46-7 Be anxious for nothing but in everything by prayer and

supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God 7 And the

peace of God which surpasses all comprehension shall guard your hearts and your

minds in Christ Jesus the realm of sound doctrine ndash 1 Timothy 46 In pointing out

these things to the brethren you will be a good servant of Christ Jesus constantly

nourished on the words of the faith and of the sound doctrine which you have been

following the local church ndash 1 Tim 315 strengthening via Holy Spirit ndash Eph 316

etc)

47) Despite the joyful acceptance of the Gospel and all the benefits conferred to the

believer the happiness is only temporary and short-lived

48) This is indicated by the phrase ldquofor a timerdquo which points to a limited time

49) The spiritual growth of the believer is severely limited due to an ldquoundeveloped rootrdquo

(ie ldquono rootrdquo)

50) The other Gospel accounts indicate the root wasnrsquot formed ldquoinrdquo the individual (Matt

1321 Mark 417)

51) A root is a metaphor for sound doctrine residing in the soul of the believer

52) As a plantrsquos root is key to continued growth so sound doctrine in the soul is essential

for proper growth in the believer

53) Bible doctrine provides the necessary spiritual nutrients to be healthy and strong in

the CWL (Deut 83 Matt 44)

54) A lack of Bible doctrine results in an inherently weak condition

55) Also without it ldquoin a time of temptationrdquo the believer will ldquofall awayrdquo

56) The word translated ldquotemptationrdquo refers to an enticement to sin but may also refer

generally to hardship or testing in the life of the believer (peirasmoj peirasmos-

James 12 2 Peter 29)

57) This time is described as a period of ldquoaffliction and persecutionrdquo in Matthew and

Mark (Matt 1317 Mark 417)

58) Note that the affliction and persecution arises ldquobecause of the wordrdquo

59) The believer is depicted as coming under distress and oppression because of his faith

60) The end result for he believer that is not rooted by Bible doctrine is spiritual

capitulation

61) Here such a believer is said to ldquofall awayrdquo which carries the nuance of switching

onersquos allegiance in revolt (avfisthmi aphistemi- 1 Tim 41 Heb 312)

Luke 8

413

62) This one no longer follows Godrsquos directive will but their own will by practicing the

ldquodoing what is right in his own eyesrdquo ethos

63) The next soil type is the thorn or weed filled soil

64) The seed which fell among the thorns germinated and grew (Luke 87)

65) This represents those who heard and accepted the Gospel as in the case of the rocky

soil

66) This believer grows and gains some spiritual momentum

67) The implication is that initially the soil was fertile and that the plant developed a root

system unlike the seed in the rocky soil

68) We may then presume that this believer following saving faith was rooted in some

knowledge of Bible doctrine

69) Further the plant that grew in this soil is portrayed as having a greater longevity than

the one that sprouted up on the rocky soil

70) In the rocky soil the spiritual progress made by the believer is only temporary

ultimately due to two primary factors

a) The deficiency of sound doctrine in the soul (ie a lack of spiritual nutrition)

b) The unwillingness to utilize spiritual armor (Rom 1312 Eph 610ff)

71) However the phrase ldquoas they go on their wayrdquo suggests a longer period of spiritual

momentum even including a believerrsquos entire ph 2

72) Although this believer has some initial spiritual momentum the soil was fertile and

the seed grew other factors sprout up that compromise the productivity of the plant

73) An environment that would promote optimum long term plant growth and

productivity is not maintained

74) Note that thorns ldquogrew up withrdquo the plant (sumfuw sumphuo- to grow together in

Luke 87)

75) Clearly this is an undesirable situation as thorns or weeds if not eradicated are

typically invasive and will eventually choke out the plant

76) Such is the case in this soil type where the thorns are not pulled out and left to

flourish

77) The ldquothornsrdquo represent various unmaintained OSN issues in the life of the believer

(akanqa akantha)

78) Eventually these thorns choke out the productivity and spiritual momentum of the

believer

79) Bear in mind it is the believer that fails to control the OSN and instead indulges the

flesh (similar to pre-salvation modus vivendi ndash Eph 23 cf Rom 1314)

80) The verb ldquochokedrdquo is to restrict the growth or well-being of something by pressure

(sumpnigw sumpnigo)

Luke 8

414

81) Here the thorns that choke the believer are referred to as ldquoworries riches and the

pleasures of this liferdquo

82) Our term translated ldquoliferdquo refers to physical life and the various activities associated

with it (ie ph 2 manner of living bioj bios- 1 Tim 22 2 Tim 24)

83) The first thorn Jesus refers to are ldquoworriesrdquo of this life

84) The plural noun ldquoworriesrdquo refers to concerns or worries (merimna merimna)

85) Depending on the context the term may connote care or concern for a legitimate

object (eg Paul for those in his canon- 2 Cor 1128 cf Timothyrsquos concern for the

Philippians with verb- Phil 220 merimnaw merimnao- to care for to be concerned )

86) However in our verse merimna pertains to sinful worry fear and anxiety that

smother the believer in this earthly life

87) In Matthew and Mark this thorn is referred to as ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo (Matt

1322 Mark 419)

a) ldquoWorriesrdquo is merimna as in our verse

b) The noun translated ldquoworldrdquo pertains to a segment of time or age (aivwn aion)

c) The phrase ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo is better translated ldquothe worries of the

present agerdquo

d) As a general principle every age or period has its own worries and concerns based

on different variables

e) Yet the general concern of living out onersquos life in the world is common to all

88) All believers have concerns that relate to our ph 2

89) Some involve a legitimate need but the believer is unwilling to have confidence in

God and faith rest the situation (eg living grace)

90) Yet other concerns and worries are illegitimate and stirred up by the OSN (eg loss

of position ad status- John 1242-43 death- Psa 234 cf Acts 754-58)

91) In any case the worry and anxiety is invasive

92) The believer succumbs to feelings of apprehension or distress

93) As growing believers we are not to be anxious for anything (Phil 46 cf Isa 354)

94) Focus on today in making the appropriate applications in the AC not on what may or

may not happen in the future (Matt 634 cf Mark 1311)

95) In addition to choking our spiritual momentum being consumed with the worries of

this life will sap a believerrsquos happiness and spiritual vigilance (Prov 1225 Luke

2134)

96) The correct approach in dealing with various ldquoworriesrdquo begins with trusting God and

applying His word to the situation (1 Peter 57 cf Psa 625-8 9419 Isa 4110 2

Cor 19)

97) Faith rest is imperative (Heb 116)

Luke 8

415

98) The worries or concerns that may stifle a believerrsquos spiritual progress are

innumerable Some include

a) Concern for self (James 314-16)

b) Business interests career (James 413-17)

c) Family (Matt 1037)

d) Grief (Ruth 11-18)

e) Love for the world (2 Tim 410 1 John 215-16)

f) Relationships not in accordance with Bible doctrine (James 44 cf 1 Kings 111-8

Neh 1323-27)

g) The past (Ex 163 2 Peter 220-22)

h) ldquoAnythingrdquo that inhibits learning sound doctrine (Luke 1038-42)

99) We are to take active steps to ldquoweed outrdquo any anxiety or illegitimate concern in the

CWL

100) The longer this weed is allowed to grow the harder it becomes to control it

101) The 2nd

thorn cited by Jesus is ldquorichesrdquo

102) ldquoRichesrdquo refers to the material wealth of the cosmos (ploutoj ploutos- Rev

1817)

103) This is in contrast to the Divine ldquorichesrdquo that God bestows on the believer in time

(cf Rom 1133 Phil 419 Heb 1126)

104) Simply possessing ldquorichesrdquo isnrsquot an issue per say for the believer

105) Indeed some great believers were very wealthy (2 Chron 111-12 2 Chron 922

3227-29 Job 4210)

106) Scripture directs specific applications for the wealth however the issue relates to

the believerrsquos attitude towards the acquisition of wealth and prosperity (1 Tim 617-

19)

107) The pursuit of riches is foolhardy and inevitably disrupts spiritual momentum (1

Tim 69-10)

108) We are enjoined to flee from the desire for riches and instead pursue that which

conforms to Godrsquos directive will (1 Tim 611)

109) The believer is to vigilantly guard against greed in any form (Luke 1215 1613

Eph 53)

110) In the other synoptic Gospelrsquos our term ldquorichesrdquo is expanded upon being referred

to as ldquothe deceitfulness of richesrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

111) The deception occurs when the believer is seduced into thinking that his happiness

and security in life is dependent upon riches

112) Despite this prevailing attitude towards wealth in the world the believer must

reject it (Psa 234-5 Prov 2724)

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 4: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

402

Luke 84-8 And when a great multitude were coming together and those from the

various cities were journeying to Him He spoke by way of a parable 5 The sower went

out to sow his seed and as he sowed some fell beside the road and it was trampled

under foot and the birds of the air ate it up 6 And other seed fell on rocky soil and as

soon as it grew up it withered away because it had no moisture 7 And other seed fell

among the thorns and the thorns grew up with it and choked it out 8 And other seed

fell into the good soil and grew up and produced a crop a hundred times as great As

He said these things He kept calling out He who has ears to hear let him continue to

hear

Analysis of vv 4-8

1) V 4 opens with a ldquogreat multituderdquo assembling to hear Jesus teach from various cities

in the region

2) Luke doesnrsquot indicate where the multitude was gathering

3) However Matthew and Mark reveal that Jesus was at the Sea of Galilee near

Capernaum (Matt 131 Mark 320-21 41)

4) These passages record the crowds were so large Jesus had to push away from shore in

a boat in order to have room to speak

5) Jesus spoke at length to the crowd but in parables

6) The parabolic discourse on this occasion is abbreviated in Lukersquos account with two

parables The Sower and the Lamp and the Cover

7) Yet Matthew and Mark attest that on this occasion He taught His audience through

numerous parables

8) Matthewrsquos parables (Matt 133-52) Sower Wheat and Tares Mustard Seed Leaven

Hidden Treasure Pearl of Great Value Dragnet and Treasure New and Old

9) Markrsquos parables (Mark 43-34) Sower Lamp and Cover Growing Seed and

Mustard Seed

10) Presumably Jesus taught throughout the day and concluded when evening had come

(Mark 435)

11) This method of teaching employed by Jesus was a fulfillment of prophecy (Matt

1334-35)

12) Jesusrsquo parables were stories designed to teach truth through the use of analogies with

familiar details and circumstances in everyday life

13) Further Jesus used intentionally ambiguous language in His parables

14) In this respect a parable tested the volition of the listener

Luke 8

403

15) Those who desired to know the precise meaning of a given parable would have to

seek clarification from the Lord (a marker of + V eg His disciples Matt 1316

Luke 89)

16) In contrast the meaning of a parable would remain hidden to those who didnrsquot inquire

of the Lord (a marker of ndashV Matt 1313-15)

17) The importance of the parable of the Sower

a) The parable illustrates various responses by individuals towards Godrsquos word

b) Jesus declared that this parable to be the key to understanding all the parables

(Mark 413)

18) By omitting the other parables recorded in Matthew and Mark the primary focus is

placed on the parable of the Sower

19) Additionally by placing the visit of Jesusrsquo relatives after He explains the significance

of the parable Luke stresses the importance of hearing and obeying the Godrsquos word

(Luke 819-21)

20) Jesus begins the parable by describing a sower going out to sow his seed a portrayal

that would be well-known to those living in a predominantly agrarian society

21) Specifically Jesus refers to both ldquothe sowerrdquo who went out with the purpose ldquoto sow

his seedrdquo

22) Both ldquosowerrdquo and ldquoseedrdquo are preceded by the definite article in the Greek text which

points out the unique identity that each term represents (lit o speirwn ho speiron =

ldquoThe sowerrdquo and ton sporon auvtou ton sporon autou= ldquothe seed of hishis seedrdquo)

23) The explanation of these identities and other aspects of the parable will be discussed

in vv 11-15

24) In our immediate analysis we will look at the representative physical elements

introduced in the parable

25) The sower is depicted as broadcasting his seed over the earth

26) However the final disposition of the seed varied greatly

27) Jesus indicates ldquoSome fell beside the road and it was trampled underfoot and the

birds of the air ate it uprdquo

28) Our term ldquoroadrdquo may refer to a broad road or even to a well-traveled path in the

countryside (o`doj hodos- Luke 1936)

29) In any case a road would be unsuitable for planting seed as it would compacted and

completely unfit for cultivation

30) Here the road is so hardened the seed doesnrsquot even break the surface

31) Consequently itrsquos trampled underfoot by travelers and eaten by birds

32) Neither Matthew nor Mark make mention that the seed is ldquotrampled underfootrdquo

(katapatew katapateo- cf Matt 134 Mark 44)

Luke 8

404

33) Evidently Luke is referring to the contempt with which many treat Godrsquos word and

view it as worthless (cf Matt 76 Heb 1029)

34) Many birds are opportunists and will consume an easily available meal such as seed

35) The second portion of the seed fell upon ldquorocky soil and as soon as it grew up it

withered away because it had no moisturerdquo

36) Take note ldquoother seedrdquo doesnrsquot refer to a different type of seed but ldquosomerdquo of the

same kind falling in a different soil type

37) Here the seed does break the surface but is depicted as barely taking root (ie lacked

a developed root system)

38) Eventually the dies off for lack of soil nutrients and moisture (cf Mark 45)

39) The third portion of seed ldquofell among thornsrdquo

40) This seed took root and grew up alongside the thorns

41) Yet the thorns essentially invasive weeds smothered the seed and sapped its

fruitfulness (cf Mark 47)

42) Finally the fourth portion ldquofell into the good soilrdquo

43) The syntax of the Greek text emphasizes that this soil was very fertile (lit thn ghn thn avgaqhn ten gen ten agathen =ldquothe soil the good kindrdquo)

44) This seed took root and grew up into a mature prolific fruit growing plant

45) While Luke concisely emphasizes the maximum crop yield of the plant in the good

soil Matthew and Mark indicate that there are lesser yields from plants in the good

soil (Matt138 Mark 48)

46) Of the four portions of seed the first doesnrsquot even penetrate the hardpan road to

germinate

47) All of the remaining three portions of seed germinate but eventually only one

survives and has longevity and fruitfulness

48) The demise of the second and third portions portrayed as sudden and gradual is

attributable to the inferior quality of the soil

49) Both the rocky and weed filled terroir are ultimately unproductive

50) The survival and superior yield of the last is directly related to the high quality of the

soil in which it grows

51) It is significant that throughout Jesusrsquo discourse on the sower He regularly called

out ldquoHe who has ears to hear let him hearrdquo

52) The verb translated ldquokept calling outrdquo is to speak loudly with emphasis (fwnew

phoneo)

53) His words challenge those listening to not merely ldquohearrdquo in a superficial sensory

way

Luke 8

405

54) Rather it is a challenge to hear and understand the spiritual meaning of the parable

and to apply it to their own lives in relation to God and His word

55) Jesusrsquo enjoinder ldquoLet him hearrdquo conveys that His audience should make it their habit

to hear and understand His teaching (present imperative of avkouw akouo- ldquoto hearrdquo

cf Matt 1343 Luke 1435 also Rev 36 which stresses ldquourgencyrdquo with aorist

imperative)

Luke 8

406

Luke 89-10 And His disciples began questioning Him as to what this parable might be 10

And He said To you it has been granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of

God but to the rest it is in parables in order that seeing they may not see and hearing

they may not understand

Analysis of vv 9-10

1) At some point during His discourse Jesus and His disciples are able to have a private

conversation

2) Jesusrsquo disciples began to question Him about the meaning of the parable

3) Mark notes that His subsequent explanation was not limited to the twelve but also

included His other followers (Mark 410)

4) His disciples had heard the parable like everyone else but didnrsquot grasp the meaning

5) A lack of comprehension is understandable given that the parable was intentionally

enigmatic

6) Yet the parable had piqued their desire to understand its underlying meaning

7) This cannot be said for His audience in general as Jesus will point out

8) Before revealing the meaning of the parable Jesus affirms to His disciples ldquoTo you it

has been granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of Godhelliprdquo

9) The phrase ldquoto yourdquo is emphatic occurring first in His response

10) In addition to the position of the phrase the form in the Greek connotes an advantage

to the disciples (ldquo~Uminrdquo humin ndash ldquoTo youhelliprdquo)

11) That is what Jesus explains is for their benefit or in their best interests (ie their free

access to Divine viewpoint)

12) They had been ldquograntedrdquo by God ldquoto know the mysteries of the kingdom of Godrdquo

13) This knowledge wasnrsquot granted on the basis of personal favoritism but rather on the

desire to know His plan (+V Prov 1514 1815 Lam 325 Matt 78)

14) ldquoTo knowrdquo is to have an understanding or comprehension of something (ginwskw

ginosko)

15) In our verse that something is explicitly referred to as ldquothe mysteries of the kingdom

of Godrdquo

16) Our noun translated ldquomysteriesrdquo is a religious technical term used in the Greco-

Roman world generally used to refer to secret rites only known to initiates of various

cults (musthrion musterion)

17) In the NT musterion occurs 28x and of these only 3 are found in the Gospels (Matt

1311 Mark 411)

Luke 8

407

18) Also the term is used in the NT in reference to divine revelation which had been

previously unrevealed and was therefore unknown (cf Paulrsquos use of musterion-Col

126-27)

a) ldquoHiddenrdquo refers to the act whereby God conceals His Divine viewpoint from

various segments of mankind (avpokruptw apokrupto- Luke 1021 1 Cor 27

Eph 39)

b) ldquoAgesrdquo refers to different periods of history or from the Divine viewpoint

different dispensations (aivwn- aion cf Mark 1030 Eph 121)

c) ldquoGenerationsrdquo in this context specifies various peoples living at the same time

within a dispensation (genea- genea Phil 215)

d) Ergo the ldquomysteryrdquo was completely concealed by God from every individual in

every previous dispensation

e) The person and work of Christ was not a mystery to previous dispensations

f) However the fact that He would be the founder and head of the Church had been

mystery which had been hidden from previous dispensations (cf Matt 1618

Col118)

g) The mystery which has been revealed is the Church and related doctrines with

Christ as the head or founder

19) ldquoMysteriesrdquo is adopted by Jesus to refer to various elements of the plan of God that

were previously unknown but now would be revealed to His disciples

20) In keeping with the origin of musterion the disciples of Jesus were divine initiates

into the plan of God

21) Jesus makes a sharp distinction between His disciples and those He refers to as ldquothe

restrdquo

22) ldquoThe restrdquo comprises those that are unbelievers who have no affinity for the Messiah

or the plan of God (-V)

23) Their disinterest in the kingdom of God is manifested by their disinterest in

understanding the parables taught by Jesus

24) They didnrsquot seek the meaning therefore Godrsquos plan was obscured to them

25) Put another way they didnrsquot seek therefore they didnrsquot find

26) The contrast between the groups His disciples and ldquothe restrdquo is really between those

who have knowledge and those who lack knowledge

27) One makes the most of the opportunity that God presents and seeks Him while the

other squanders the opportunity (cf Luke 1229-31 And do not seek what you shall

eat and what you shall drink and do not keep worrying 30 For all these things the

nations of the world eagerly seek but your Father knows that you need these things 31

But seek for His kingdom and these things shall be added to you)

Luke 8

408

28) Jesus reveals the consequences of the latter groups disinterest in the ldquokingdom of

Godrdquo saying ldquohellipin order that seeing they may not see and hearing they may not

understandrdquo

29) On this occasion Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah (Isa 69 cf Matt 1314 Mark 412)

30) ldquoIn order thatrdquo in this verse primarily communicates a result

31) Despite being able to see Jesus and hear His teaching a real understanding and

comprehension eluded ldquothe restrdquo

32) This was the result of strictly listening to parables without clarification

33) As a result of ndashV their spiritual perception or comprehension regarding the plan of

God was blunted

34) However the clause also suggests divine purpose in the use of parables Namely to

defy the understanding of those who disregard God

35) In this sense God will obscure His plan from those who like ldquothe restrdquo reject it (Deut

294 Isa 610 4418 John 1240 Rom 118)

36) The parables taught by Jesus were an invitation to enlightenment that was rebuffed

by most

Luke 8

409

Luke 811-15 Now the parable is this the seed is the word of God 12

And those beside

the road are those who have heard then the devil comes and takes away the word from

their heart so that they may not believe and be saved 13

And those on the rocky soil are

those who when they hear receive the word with joy and these have no firm root they

believe for a while and in time of temptation fall away 14

And the seed which fell

among the thorns these are the ones who have heard and as they go on their way they

are choked with worries and riches and pleasures of this life and bring no fruit to

maturity 15

And the seed in the good soil these are the ones who have heard the word in

an honest and good heart and continue holding it fast and continue bearing fruit with

perseverance

Analysis of vv 11-15

1) Jesus provides an explanation of the parable of the sower

2) In Mark He stresses the importance of understanding this parable as it was

foundational to the correct understanding of other parables (Mark 413)

3) He provides a step by step interpretation of the salient elements Namely the seed and

the different types of soil

4) The seed that was sown is identified as ldquothe word of Godrdquo

5) ldquoThe word of Godrdquo specifically refers to the Gospel it is the seed that will potentially

germinate and flourish in the life of individual that hears it (Acts 431 67 Col 15-

6)

6) However ldquothe sowerrdquo isnrsquot identified in this interpretation

7) Itrsquos evident that ldquothe sowerrdquo is one who ldquosows the word of Godrdquo (cf Mark 414)

8) The act of sowing on the part of the sower is representative of the communication of

the word of God

9) There are various sowers of Godrsquos word the Gospel

a) Ultimately God is the sower of His word (Isa 5510-11)

b) In our context Jesus disseminated the Gospel to the multitudes (Luke 418 722

201)

c) Any believer that proclaims the Gospel (Luke 96 Acts 835 2 Tim 45 1 Peter

315)

10) Although there may be a variety of sowers the seed or ldquoword of Godrdquo remains

constant throughout the parable in vv 5-8 and its interpretation in our verses

11) The seed in the parable is depicted as falling on four different soil types ranging from

hard pan to very fertile soil

12) The different soil types primarily represent different volitional responses to the

Gospel by those who hear it

Luke 8

410

13) Additionally the germination of the seed in three of the soil types alludes to varying

degrees of spiritual momentum after an individual accepts the Gospel

14) The compacted lifeless soil beside the road that the seed was unable to penetrate is

identified here as ldquothose who have heardrdquo

15) ldquoThose who have heardrdquo are those who are presented the Gospel and decide to reject

it (-V to the Gospel)

16) The fallout of the decision to reject the Gospel is demonic interference

17) This was represented in the parable through the seed being ldquotrampled under footrdquo and

being consumed by the birds of the airrdquo

18) The plural ldquobirdsrdquo represents Satan and his demonic forces (cf Rev 182)

19) Following the rejection ldquothe devil comes and takes away the word from their heart

so that they may not believe and be savedrdquo

20) ldquoThe devilrdquo is a title for Satan and means ldquothe slandererrdquo (o` diaboloj ho diabolos)

21) He is referred to as ldquothe evil onerdquo and ldquoSatanrdquo respectively in Matthew and Mark

(Matt 1319 Mark 415)

a) ldquoThe evil onerdquo points to his complete moral worthlessness coupled with

maliciousness (o` ponhroj ho poneros- John 1715)

b) ldquoSatanrdquo means ldquoAdversaryrdquo an apt title for the enemy of God and believers

(Satan Satan- 1 Thess 218)

22) He is unrelenting in his opposition to God and His word

23) Here the devil is said to ldquotake away the word from their heartrdquo with the result that

they do not believe the Gospel

24) It is absolutely critical to understand that there is a sequence in view

25) First the Gospel was heard secondly it was summarily rejected by the individual

26) Finally Satan intervenes and blinds the mind of the one who rejects the Gospel (2

Cor 43-4)

27) The process of blinding is described here as ldquotaking away the word from their heartrdquo

28) This cannot occur apart from the rejection of the Gospel by an individual

29) In the workings of the AC God allows members of the human race to decide whether

or not to accept His plan of salvation the Gospel

30) Therefore the devil cannot frustrate anyone from believing the Gospel apart from

their own reticence to accept it

31) The majority of mankind will fail this test of volition these demonstrate -V (Matt

2214)

32) Many are determined to follow their own course in life and have little if any interest

in the plan of God and their inherent need for salvation

Luke 8

411

33) These types persist in ndashV in opposition to Godrsquos plan regardless of what is shown by

whom or in what manner it is presented to them (John 1711-12 cf Luke 613ff-

Judas was present)

34) The -V of an individual at Gospel hearing is essentially an open invitation for satanic

influence

35) In v 13 the seeds that fell on rocky soil represent those who hear and ldquoreceive the

word with joyrdquo

36) Unlike the seed in the compacted soil this seed germinates and begins the process of

new growth

37) Our term ldquoreceiverdquo indicates acceptance with an added nuance of welcoming the

Gospel (decomai dechomai)

38) In their accounts Matthew and Mark use the term ldquoreceiverdquo which means to accept as

true (lambanw lambano)

39) Although different verbs both point to belief in the Gospel

40) Moreover the acceptance is immediate and joyful

41) The germination of the seed portrays a new life in this case spiritual life (cf John 33

Titus 35 1 Peter 13)

42) ldquoJoyrdquo is the experience of happiness or gladness and in this context when one enters

into the plan of God (cara chara- 1 Thess 16)

43) There are of course a great number of reasons to be joyful in regards to accepting the

Gospel

44) Those who accept the Gospel realize the forgiveness of sins and gain eternal life (1

John 212 25 511)

45) God the Holy Spirit plays a pivotal role in the ldquogerminationrdquo process of the Gospel

a) He convicts man regarding sin and the need for a Savior (John 1526 168-9)

b) There are individuals that resist the Holy Spirit and reject the Gospel as seen with

seed that falls by the road (Acts 751 cf Acts 185-6)

c) Once a person accepts the witness of the Holy Spirit regarding Jesus Christ the

Holy Spirit has a number of different ministries that continue to play an essential

role in his spiritual maturation (eg permanent indwelling John 1417 that is the

Spirit of truth whom the world cannot receive because it does not behold Him or

know Him but you know Him because He abides with you and will be in you

instruction in sound doctrine 1 Corinthians 212 Now we have received not the

spirit of the world but the Spirit who is from God that we might know the things

freely given to us by God resisting the influence of the OSN through His filling

Galatians 516-17 But I say walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the

desire of the flesh 17

For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit and the Spirit

Luke 8

412

against the flesh for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do

the things that you please Ephesians 518 And do not get drunk with wine for

that is dissipation but be filled with the Spirit)

46) Saving faith enables one to utilize a myriad of spiritual resources (eg prayer -

Philippians 46-7 Be anxious for nothing but in everything by prayer and

supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God 7 And the

peace of God which surpasses all comprehension shall guard your hearts and your

minds in Christ Jesus the realm of sound doctrine ndash 1 Timothy 46 In pointing out

these things to the brethren you will be a good servant of Christ Jesus constantly

nourished on the words of the faith and of the sound doctrine which you have been

following the local church ndash 1 Tim 315 strengthening via Holy Spirit ndash Eph 316

etc)

47) Despite the joyful acceptance of the Gospel and all the benefits conferred to the

believer the happiness is only temporary and short-lived

48) This is indicated by the phrase ldquofor a timerdquo which points to a limited time

49) The spiritual growth of the believer is severely limited due to an ldquoundeveloped rootrdquo

(ie ldquono rootrdquo)

50) The other Gospel accounts indicate the root wasnrsquot formed ldquoinrdquo the individual (Matt

1321 Mark 417)

51) A root is a metaphor for sound doctrine residing in the soul of the believer

52) As a plantrsquos root is key to continued growth so sound doctrine in the soul is essential

for proper growth in the believer

53) Bible doctrine provides the necessary spiritual nutrients to be healthy and strong in

the CWL (Deut 83 Matt 44)

54) A lack of Bible doctrine results in an inherently weak condition

55) Also without it ldquoin a time of temptationrdquo the believer will ldquofall awayrdquo

56) The word translated ldquotemptationrdquo refers to an enticement to sin but may also refer

generally to hardship or testing in the life of the believer (peirasmoj peirasmos-

James 12 2 Peter 29)

57) This time is described as a period of ldquoaffliction and persecutionrdquo in Matthew and

Mark (Matt 1317 Mark 417)

58) Note that the affliction and persecution arises ldquobecause of the wordrdquo

59) The believer is depicted as coming under distress and oppression because of his faith

60) The end result for he believer that is not rooted by Bible doctrine is spiritual

capitulation

61) Here such a believer is said to ldquofall awayrdquo which carries the nuance of switching

onersquos allegiance in revolt (avfisthmi aphistemi- 1 Tim 41 Heb 312)

Luke 8

413

62) This one no longer follows Godrsquos directive will but their own will by practicing the

ldquodoing what is right in his own eyesrdquo ethos

63) The next soil type is the thorn or weed filled soil

64) The seed which fell among the thorns germinated and grew (Luke 87)

65) This represents those who heard and accepted the Gospel as in the case of the rocky

soil

66) This believer grows and gains some spiritual momentum

67) The implication is that initially the soil was fertile and that the plant developed a root

system unlike the seed in the rocky soil

68) We may then presume that this believer following saving faith was rooted in some

knowledge of Bible doctrine

69) Further the plant that grew in this soil is portrayed as having a greater longevity than

the one that sprouted up on the rocky soil

70) In the rocky soil the spiritual progress made by the believer is only temporary

ultimately due to two primary factors

a) The deficiency of sound doctrine in the soul (ie a lack of spiritual nutrition)

b) The unwillingness to utilize spiritual armor (Rom 1312 Eph 610ff)

71) However the phrase ldquoas they go on their wayrdquo suggests a longer period of spiritual

momentum even including a believerrsquos entire ph 2

72) Although this believer has some initial spiritual momentum the soil was fertile and

the seed grew other factors sprout up that compromise the productivity of the plant

73) An environment that would promote optimum long term plant growth and

productivity is not maintained

74) Note that thorns ldquogrew up withrdquo the plant (sumfuw sumphuo- to grow together in

Luke 87)

75) Clearly this is an undesirable situation as thorns or weeds if not eradicated are

typically invasive and will eventually choke out the plant

76) Such is the case in this soil type where the thorns are not pulled out and left to

flourish

77) The ldquothornsrdquo represent various unmaintained OSN issues in the life of the believer

(akanqa akantha)

78) Eventually these thorns choke out the productivity and spiritual momentum of the

believer

79) Bear in mind it is the believer that fails to control the OSN and instead indulges the

flesh (similar to pre-salvation modus vivendi ndash Eph 23 cf Rom 1314)

80) The verb ldquochokedrdquo is to restrict the growth or well-being of something by pressure

(sumpnigw sumpnigo)

Luke 8

414

81) Here the thorns that choke the believer are referred to as ldquoworries riches and the

pleasures of this liferdquo

82) Our term translated ldquoliferdquo refers to physical life and the various activities associated

with it (ie ph 2 manner of living bioj bios- 1 Tim 22 2 Tim 24)

83) The first thorn Jesus refers to are ldquoworriesrdquo of this life

84) The plural noun ldquoworriesrdquo refers to concerns or worries (merimna merimna)

85) Depending on the context the term may connote care or concern for a legitimate

object (eg Paul for those in his canon- 2 Cor 1128 cf Timothyrsquos concern for the

Philippians with verb- Phil 220 merimnaw merimnao- to care for to be concerned )

86) However in our verse merimna pertains to sinful worry fear and anxiety that

smother the believer in this earthly life

87) In Matthew and Mark this thorn is referred to as ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo (Matt

1322 Mark 419)

a) ldquoWorriesrdquo is merimna as in our verse

b) The noun translated ldquoworldrdquo pertains to a segment of time or age (aivwn aion)

c) The phrase ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo is better translated ldquothe worries of the

present agerdquo

d) As a general principle every age or period has its own worries and concerns based

on different variables

e) Yet the general concern of living out onersquos life in the world is common to all

88) All believers have concerns that relate to our ph 2

89) Some involve a legitimate need but the believer is unwilling to have confidence in

God and faith rest the situation (eg living grace)

90) Yet other concerns and worries are illegitimate and stirred up by the OSN (eg loss

of position ad status- John 1242-43 death- Psa 234 cf Acts 754-58)

91) In any case the worry and anxiety is invasive

92) The believer succumbs to feelings of apprehension or distress

93) As growing believers we are not to be anxious for anything (Phil 46 cf Isa 354)

94) Focus on today in making the appropriate applications in the AC not on what may or

may not happen in the future (Matt 634 cf Mark 1311)

95) In addition to choking our spiritual momentum being consumed with the worries of

this life will sap a believerrsquos happiness and spiritual vigilance (Prov 1225 Luke

2134)

96) The correct approach in dealing with various ldquoworriesrdquo begins with trusting God and

applying His word to the situation (1 Peter 57 cf Psa 625-8 9419 Isa 4110 2

Cor 19)

97) Faith rest is imperative (Heb 116)

Luke 8

415

98) The worries or concerns that may stifle a believerrsquos spiritual progress are

innumerable Some include

a) Concern for self (James 314-16)

b) Business interests career (James 413-17)

c) Family (Matt 1037)

d) Grief (Ruth 11-18)

e) Love for the world (2 Tim 410 1 John 215-16)

f) Relationships not in accordance with Bible doctrine (James 44 cf 1 Kings 111-8

Neh 1323-27)

g) The past (Ex 163 2 Peter 220-22)

h) ldquoAnythingrdquo that inhibits learning sound doctrine (Luke 1038-42)

99) We are to take active steps to ldquoweed outrdquo any anxiety or illegitimate concern in the

CWL

100) The longer this weed is allowed to grow the harder it becomes to control it

101) The 2nd

thorn cited by Jesus is ldquorichesrdquo

102) ldquoRichesrdquo refers to the material wealth of the cosmos (ploutoj ploutos- Rev

1817)

103) This is in contrast to the Divine ldquorichesrdquo that God bestows on the believer in time

(cf Rom 1133 Phil 419 Heb 1126)

104) Simply possessing ldquorichesrdquo isnrsquot an issue per say for the believer

105) Indeed some great believers were very wealthy (2 Chron 111-12 2 Chron 922

3227-29 Job 4210)

106) Scripture directs specific applications for the wealth however the issue relates to

the believerrsquos attitude towards the acquisition of wealth and prosperity (1 Tim 617-

19)

107) The pursuit of riches is foolhardy and inevitably disrupts spiritual momentum (1

Tim 69-10)

108) We are enjoined to flee from the desire for riches and instead pursue that which

conforms to Godrsquos directive will (1 Tim 611)

109) The believer is to vigilantly guard against greed in any form (Luke 1215 1613

Eph 53)

110) In the other synoptic Gospelrsquos our term ldquorichesrdquo is expanded upon being referred

to as ldquothe deceitfulness of richesrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

111) The deception occurs when the believer is seduced into thinking that his happiness

and security in life is dependent upon riches

112) Despite this prevailing attitude towards wealth in the world the believer must

reject it (Psa 234-5 Prov 2724)

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 5: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

403

15) Those who desired to know the precise meaning of a given parable would have to

seek clarification from the Lord (a marker of + V eg His disciples Matt 1316

Luke 89)

16) In contrast the meaning of a parable would remain hidden to those who didnrsquot inquire

of the Lord (a marker of ndashV Matt 1313-15)

17) The importance of the parable of the Sower

a) The parable illustrates various responses by individuals towards Godrsquos word

b) Jesus declared that this parable to be the key to understanding all the parables

(Mark 413)

18) By omitting the other parables recorded in Matthew and Mark the primary focus is

placed on the parable of the Sower

19) Additionally by placing the visit of Jesusrsquo relatives after He explains the significance

of the parable Luke stresses the importance of hearing and obeying the Godrsquos word

(Luke 819-21)

20) Jesus begins the parable by describing a sower going out to sow his seed a portrayal

that would be well-known to those living in a predominantly agrarian society

21) Specifically Jesus refers to both ldquothe sowerrdquo who went out with the purpose ldquoto sow

his seedrdquo

22) Both ldquosowerrdquo and ldquoseedrdquo are preceded by the definite article in the Greek text which

points out the unique identity that each term represents (lit o speirwn ho speiron =

ldquoThe sowerrdquo and ton sporon auvtou ton sporon autou= ldquothe seed of hishis seedrdquo)

23) The explanation of these identities and other aspects of the parable will be discussed

in vv 11-15

24) In our immediate analysis we will look at the representative physical elements

introduced in the parable

25) The sower is depicted as broadcasting his seed over the earth

26) However the final disposition of the seed varied greatly

27) Jesus indicates ldquoSome fell beside the road and it was trampled underfoot and the

birds of the air ate it uprdquo

28) Our term ldquoroadrdquo may refer to a broad road or even to a well-traveled path in the

countryside (o`doj hodos- Luke 1936)

29) In any case a road would be unsuitable for planting seed as it would compacted and

completely unfit for cultivation

30) Here the road is so hardened the seed doesnrsquot even break the surface

31) Consequently itrsquos trampled underfoot by travelers and eaten by birds

32) Neither Matthew nor Mark make mention that the seed is ldquotrampled underfootrdquo

(katapatew katapateo- cf Matt 134 Mark 44)

Luke 8

404

33) Evidently Luke is referring to the contempt with which many treat Godrsquos word and

view it as worthless (cf Matt 76 Heb 1029)

34) Many birds are opportunists and will consume an easily available meal such as seed

35) The second portion of the seed fell upon ldquorocky soil and as soon as it grew up it

withered away because it had no moisturerdquo

36) Take note ldquoother seedrdquo doesnrsquot refer to a different type of seed but ldquosomerdquo of the

same kind falling in a different soil type

37) Here the seed does break the surface but is depicted as barely taking root (ie lacked

a developed root system)

38) Eventually the dies off for lack of soil nutrients and moisture (cf Mark 45)

39) The third portion of seed ldquofell among thornsrdquo

40) This seed took root and grew up alongside the thorns

41) Yet the thorns essentially invasive weeds smothered the seed and sapped its

fruitfulness (cf Mark 47)

42) Finally the fourth portion ldquofell into the good soilrdquo

43) The syntax of the Greek text emphasizes that this soil was very fertile (lit thn ghn thn avgaqhn ten gen ten agathen =ldquothe soil the good kindrdquo)

44) This seed took root and grew up into a mature prolific fruit growing plant

45) While Luke concisely emphasizes the maximum crop yield of the plant in the good

soil Matthew and Mark indicate that there are lesser yields from plants in the good

soil (Matt138 Mark 48)

46) Of the four portions of seed the first doesnrsquot even penetrate the hardpan road to

germinate

47) All of the remaining three portions of seed germinate but eventually only one

survives and has longevity and fruitfulness

48) The demise of the second and third portions portrayed as sudden and gradual is

attributable to the inferior quality of the soil

49) Both the rocky and weed filled terroir are ultimately unproductive

50) The survival and superior yield of the last is directly related to the high quality of the

soil in which it grows

51) It is significant that throughout Jesusrsquo discourse on the sower He regularly called

out ldquoHe who has ears to hear let him hearrdquo

52) The verb translated ldquokept calling outrdquo is to speak loudly with emphasis (fwnew

phoneo)

53) His words challenge those listening to not merely ldquohearrdquo in a superficial sensory

way

Luke 8

405

54) Rather it is a challenge to hear and understand the spiritual meaning of the parable

and to apply it to their own lives in relation to God and His word

55) Jesusrsquo enjoinder ldquoLet him hearrdquo conveys that His audience should make it their habit

to hear and understand His teaching (present imperative of avkouw akouo- ldquoto hearrdquo

cf Matt 1343 Luke 1435 also Rev 36 which stresses ldquourgencyrdquo with aorist

imperative)

Luke 8

406

Luke 89-10 And His disciples began questioning Him as to what this parable might be 10

And He said To you it has been granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of

God but to the rest it is in parables in order that seeing they may not see and hearing

they may not understand

Analysis of vv 9-10

1) At some point during His discourse Jesus and His disciples are able to have a private

conversation

2) Jesusrsquo disciples began to question Him about the meaning of the parable

3) Mark notes that His subsequent explanation was not limited to the twelve but also

included His other followers (Mark 410)

4) His disciples had heard the parable like everyone else but didnrsquot grasp the meaning

5) A lack of comprehension is understandable given that the parable was intentionally

enigmatic

6) Yet the parable had piqued their desire to understand its underlying meaning

7) This cannot be said for His audience in general as Jesus will point out

8) Before revealing the meaning of the parable Jesus affirms to His disciples ldquoTo you it

has been granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of Godhelliprdquo

9) The phrase ldquoto yourdquo is emphatic occurring first in His response

10) In addition to the position of the phrase the form in the Greek connotes an advantage

to the disciples (ldquo~Uminrdquo humin ndash ldquoTo youhelliprdquo)

11) That is what Jesus explains is for their benefit or in their best interests (ie their free

access to Divine viewpoint)

12) They had been ldquograntedrdquo by God ldquoto know the mysteries of the kingdom of Godrdquo

13) This knowledge wasnrsquot granted on the basis of personal favoritism but rather on the

desire to know His plan (+V Prov 1514 1815 Lam 325 Matt 78)

14) ldquoTo knowrdquo is to have an understanding or comprehension of something (ginwskw

ginosko)

15) In our verse that something is explicitly referred to as ldquothe mysteries of the kingdom

of Godrdquo

16) Our noun translated ldquomysteriesrdquo is a religious technical term used in the Greco-

Roman world generally used to refer to secret rites only known to initiates of various

cults (musthrion musterion)

17) In the NT musterion occurs 28x and of these only 3 are found in the Gospels (Matt

1311 Mark 411)

Luke 8

407

18) Also the term is used in the NT in reference to divine revelation which had been

previously unrevealed and was therefore unknown (cf Paulrsquos use of musterion-Col

126-27)

a) ldquoHiddenrdquo refers to the act whereby God conceals His Divine viewpoint from

various segments of mankind (avpokruptw apokrupto- Luke 1021 1 Cor 27

Eph 39)

b) ldquoAgesrdquo refers to different periods of history or from the Divine viewpoint

different dispensations (aivwn- aion cf Mark 1030 Eph 121)

c) ldquoGenerationsrdquo in this context specifies various peoples living at the same time

within a dispensation (genea- genea Phil 215)

d) Ergo the ldquomysteryrdquo was completely concealed by God from every individual in

every previous dispensation

e) The person and work of Christ was not a mystery to previous dispensations

f) However the fact that He would be the founder and head of the Church had been

mystery which had been hidden from previous dispensations (cf Matt 1618

Col118)

g) The mystery which has been revealed is the Church and related doctrines with

Christ as the head or founder

19) ldquoMysteriesrdquo is adopted by Jesus to refer to various elements of the plan of God that

were previously unknown but now would be revealed to His disciples

20) In keeping with the origin of musterion the disciples of Jesus were divine initiates

into the plan of God

21) Jesus makes a sharp distinction between His disciples and those He refers to as ldquothe

restrdquo

22) ldquoThe restrdquo comprises those that are unbelievers who have no affinity for the Messiah

or the plan of God (-V)

23) Their disinterest in the kingdom of God is manifested by their disinterest in

understanding the parables taught by Jesus

24) They didnrsquot seek the meaning therefore Godrsquos plan was obscured to them

25) Put another way they didnrsquot seek therefore they didnrsquot find

26) The contrast between the groups His disciples and ldquothe restrdquo is really between those

who have knowledge and those who lack knowledge

27) One makes the most of the opportunity that God presents and seeks Him while the

other squanders the opportunity (cf Luke 1229-31 And do not seek what you shall

eat and what you shall drink and do not keep worrying 30 For all these things the

nations of the world eagerly seek but your Father knows that you need these things 31

But seek for His kingdom and these things shall be added to you)

Luke 8

408

28) Jesus reveals the consequences of the latter groups disinterest in the ldquokingdom of

Godrdquo saying ldquohellipin order that seeing they may not see and hearing they may not

understandrdquo

29) On this occasion Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah (Isa 69 cf Matt 1314 Mark 412)

30) ldquoIn order thatrdquo in this verse primarily communicates a result

31) Despite being able to see Jesus and hear His teaching a real understanding and

comprehension eluded ldquothe restrdquo

32) This was the result of strictly listening to parables without clarification

33) As a result of ndashV their spiritual perception or comprehension regarding the plan of

God was blunted

34) However the clause also suggests divine purpose in the use of parables Namely to

defy the understanding of those who disregard God

35) In this sense God will obscure His plan from those who like ldquothe restrdquo reject it (Deut

294 Isa 610 4418 John 1240 Rom 118)

36) The parables taught by Jesus were an invitation to enlightenment that was rebuffed

by most

Luke 8

409

Luke 811-15 Now the parable is this the seed is the word of God 12

And those beside

the road are those who have heard then the devil comes and takes away the word from

their heart so that they may not believe and be saved 13

And those on the rocky soil are

those who when they hear receive the word with joy and these have no firm root they

believe for a while and in time of temptation fall away 14

And the seed which fell

among the thorns these are the ones who have heard and as they go on their way they

are choked with worries and riches and pleasures of this life and bring no fruit to

maturity 15

And the seed in the good soil these are the ones who have heard the word in

an honest and good heart and continue holding it fast and continue bearing fruit with

perseverance

Analysis of vv 11-15

1) Jesus provides an explanation of the parable of the sower

2) In Mark He stresses the importance of understanding this parable as it was

foundational to the correct understanding of other parables (Mark 413)

3) He provides a step by step interpretation of the salient elements Namely the seed and

the different types of soil

4) The seed that was sown is identified as ldquothe word of Godrdquo

5) ldquoThe word of Godrdquo specifically refers to the Gospel it is the seed that will potentially

germinate and flourish in the life of individual that hears it (Acts 431 67 Col 15-

6)

6) However ldquothe sowerrdquo isnrsquot identified in this interpretation

7) Itrsquos evident that ldquothe sowerrdquo is one who ldquosows the word of Godrdquo (cf Mark 414)

8) The act of sowing on the part of the sower is representative of the communication of

the word of God

9) There are various sowers of Godrsquos word the Gospel

a) Ultimately God is the sower of His word (Isa 5510-11)

b) In our context Jesus disseminated the Gospel to the multitudes (Luke 418 722

201)

c) Any believer that proclaims the Gospel (Luke 96 Acts 835 2 Tim 45 1 Peter

315)

10) Although there may be a variety of sowers the seed or ldquoword of Godrdquo remains

constant throughout the parable in vv 5-8 and its interpretation in our verses

11) The seed in the parable is depicted as falling on four different soil types ranging from

hard pan to very fertile soil

12) The different soil types primarily represent different volitional responses to the

Gospel by those who hear it

Luke 8

410

13) Additionally the germination of the seed in three of the soil types alludes to varying

degrees of spiritual momentum after an individual accepts the Gospel

14) The compacted lifeless soil beside the road that the seed was unable to penetrate is

identified here as ldquothose who have heardrdquo

15) ldquoThose who have heardrdquo are those who are presented the Gospel and decide to reject

it (-V to the Gospel)

16) The fallout of the decision to reject the Gospel is demonic interference

17) This was represented in the parable through the seed being ldquotrampled under footrdquo and

being consumed by the birds of the airrdquo

18) The plural ldquobirdsrdquo represents Satan and his demonic forces (cf Rev 182)

19) Following the rejection ldquothe devil comes and takes away the word from their heart

so that they may not believe and be savedrdquo

20) ldquoThe devilrdquo is a title for Satan and means ldquothe slandererrdquo (o` diaboloj ho diabolos)

21) He is referred to as ldquothe evil onerdquo and ldquoSatanrdquo respectively in Matthew and Mark

(Matt 1319 Mark 415)

a) ldquoThe evil onerdquo points to his complete moral worthlessness coupled with

maliciousness (o` ponhroj ho poneros- John 1715)

b) ldquoSatanrdquo means ldquoAdversaryrdquo an apt title for the enemy of God and believers

(Satan Satan- 1 Thess 218)

22) He is unrelenting in his opposition to God and His word

23) Here the devil is said to ldquotake away the word from their heartrdquo with the result that

they do not believe the Gospel

24) It is absolutely critical to understand that there is a sequence in view

25) First the Gospel was heard secondly it was summarily rejected by the individual

26) Finally Satan intervenes and blinds the mind of the one who rejects the Gospel (2

Cor 43-4)

27) The process of blinding is described here as ldquotaking away the word from their heartrdquo

28) This cannot occur apart from the rejection of the Gospel by an individual

29) In the workings of the AC God allows members of the human race to decide whether

or not to accept His plan of salvation the Gospel

30) Therefore the devil cannot frustrate anyone from believing the Gospel apart from

their own reticence to accept it

31) The majority of mankind will fail this test of volition these demonstrate -V (Matt

2214)

32) Many are determined to follow their own course in life and have little if any interest

in the plan of God and their inherent need for salvation

Luke 8

411

33) These types persist in ndashV in opposition to Godrsquos plan regardless of what is shown by

whom or in what manner it is presented to them (John 1711-12 cf Luke 613ff-

Judas was present)

34) The -V of an individual at Gospel hearing is essentially an open invitation for satanic

influence

35) In v 13 the seeds that fell on rocky soil represent those who hear and ldquoreceive the

word with joyrdquo

36) Unlike the seed in the compacted soil this seed germinates and begins the process of

new growth

37) Our term ldquoreceiverdquo indicates acceptance with an added nuance of welcoming the

Gospel (decomai dechomai)

38) In their accounts Matthew and Mark use the term ldquoreceiverdquo which means to accept as

true (lambanw lambano)

39) Although different verbs both point to belief in the Gospel

40) Moreover the acceptance is immediate and joyful

41) The germination of the seed portrays a new life in this case spiritual life (cf John 33

Titus 35 1 Peter 13)

42) ldquoJoyrdquo is the experience of happiness or gladness and in this context when one enters

into the plan of God (cara chara- 1 Thess 16)

43) There are of course a great number of reasons to be joyful in regards to accepting the

Gospel

44) Those who accept the Gospel realize the forgiveness of sins and gain eternal life (1

John 212 25 511)

45) God the Holy Spirit plays a pivotal role in the ldquogerminationrdquo process of the Gospel

a) He convicts man regarding sin and the need for a Savior (John 1526 168-9)

b) There are individuals that resist the Holy Spirit and reject the Gospel as seen with

seed that falls by the road (Acts 751 cf Acts 185-6)

c) Once a person accepts the witness of the Holy Spirit regarding Jesus Christ the

Holy Spirit has a number of different ministries that continue to play an essential

role in his spiritual maturation (eg permanent indwelling John 1417 that is the

Spirit of truth whom the world cannot receive because it does not behold Him or

know Him but you know Him because He abides with you and will be in you

instruction in sound doctrine 1 Corinthians 212 Now we have received not the

spirit of the world but the Spirit who is from God that we might know the things

freely given to us by God resisting the influence of the OSN through His filling

Galatians 516-17 But I say walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the

desire of the flesh 17

For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit and the Spirit

Luke 8

412

against the flesh for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do

the things that you please Ephesians 518 And do not get drunk with wine for

that is dissipation but be filled with the Spirit)

46) Saving faith enables one to utilize a myriad of spiritual resources (eg prayer -

Philippians 46-7 Be anxious for nothing but in everything by prayer and

supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God 7 And the

peace of God which surpasses all comprehension shall guard your hearts and your

minds in Christ Jesus the realm of sound doctrine ndash 1 Timothy 46 In pointing out

these things to the brethren you will be a good servant of Christ Jesus constantly

nourished on the words of the faith and of the sound doctrine which you have been

following the local church ndash 1 Tim 315 strengthening via Holy Spirit ndash Eph 316

etc)

47) Despite the joyful acceptance of the Gospel and all the benefits conferred to the

believer the happiness is only temporary and short-lived

48) This is indicated by the phrase ldquofor a timerdquo which points to a limited time

49) The spiritual growth of the believer is severely limited due to an ldquoundeveloped rootrdquo

(ie ldquono rootrdquo)

50) The other Gospel accounts indicate the root wasnrsquot formed ldquoinrdquo the individual (Matt

1321 Mark 417)

51) A root is a metaphor for sound doctrine residing in the soul of the believer

52) As a plantrsquos root is key to continued growth so sound doctrine in the soul is essential

for proper growth in the believer

53) Bible doctrine provides the necessary spiritual nutrients to be healthy and strong in

the CWL (Deut 83 Matt 44)

54) A lack of Bible doctrine results in an inherently weak condition

55) Also without it ldquoin a time of temptationrdquo the believer will ldquofall awayrdquo

56) The word translated ldquotemptationrdquo refers to an enticement to sin but may also refer

generally to hardship or testing in the life of the believer (peirasmoj peirasmos-

James 12 2 Peter 29)

57) This time is described as a period of ldquoaffliction and persecutionrdquo in Matthew and

Mark (Matt 1317 Mark 417)

58) Note that the affliction and persecution arises ldquobecause of the wordrdquo

59) The believer is depicted as coming under distress and oppression because of his faith

60) The end result for he believer that is not rooted by Bible doctrine is spiritual

capitulation

61) Here such a believer is said to ldquofall awayrdquo which carries the nuance of switching

onersquos allegiance in revolt (avfisthmi aphistemi- 1 Tim 41 Heb 312)

Luke 8

413

62) This one no longer follows Godrsquos directive will but their own will by practicing the

ldquodoing what is right in his own eyesrdquo ethos

63) The next soil type is the thorn or weed filled soil

64) The seed which fell among the thorns germinated and grew (Luke 87)

65) This represents those who heard and accepted the Gospel as in the case of the rocky

soil

66) This believer grows and gains some spiritual momentum

67) The implication is that initially the soil was fertile and that the plant developed a root

system unlike the seed in the rocky soil

68) We may then presume that this believer following saving faith was rooted in some

knowledge of Bible doctrine

69) Further the plant that grew in this soil is portrayed as having a greater longevity than

the one that sprouted up on the rocky soil

70) In the rocky soil the spiritual progress made by the believer is only temporary

ultimately due to two primary factors

a) The deficiency of sound doctrine in the soul (ie a lack of spiritual nutrition)

b) The unwillingness to utilize spiritual armor (Rom 1312 Eph 610ff)

71) However the phrase ldquoas they go on their wayrdquo suggests a longer period of spiritual

momentum even including a believerrsquos entire ph 2

72) Although this believer has some initial spiritual momentum the soil was fertile and

the seed grew other factors sprout up that compromise the productivity of the plant

73) An environment that would promote optimum long term plant growth and

productivity is not maintained

74) Note that thorns ldquogrew up withrdquo the plant (sumfuw sumphuo- to grow together in

Luke 87)

75) Clearly this is an undesirable situation as thorns or weeds if not eradicated are

typically invasive and will eventually choke out the plant

76) Such is the case in this soil type where the thorns are not pulled out and left to

flourish

77) The ldquothornsrdquo represent various unmaintained OSN issues in the life of the believer

(akanqa akantha)

78) Eventually these thorns choke out the productivity and spiritual momentum of the

believer

79) Bear in mind it is the believer that fails to control the OSN and instead indulges the

flesh (similar to pre-salvation modus vivendi ndash Eph 23 cf Rom 1314)

80) The verb ldquochokedrdquo is to restrict the growth or well-being of something by pressure

(sumpnigw sumpnigo)

Luke 8

414

81) Here the thorns that choke the believer are referred to as ldquoworries riches and the

pleasures of this liferdquo

82) Our term translated ldquoliferdquo refers to physical life and the various activities associated

with it (ie ph 2 manner of living bioj bios- 1 Tim 22 2 Tim 24)

83) The first thorn Jesus refers to are ldquoworriesrdquo of this life

84) The plural noun ldquoworriesrdquo refers to concerns or worries (merimna merimna)

85) Depending on the context the term may connote care or concern for a legitimate

object (eg Paul for those in his canon- 2 Cor 1128 cf Timothyrsquos concern for the

Philippians with verb- Phil 220 merimnaw merimnao- to care for to be concerned )

86) However in our verse merimna pertains to sinful worry fear and anxiety that

smother the believer in this earthly life

87) In Matthew and Mark this thorn is referred to as ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo (Matt

1322 Mark 419)

a) ldquoWorriesrdquo is merimna as in our verse

b) The noun translated ldquoworldrdquo pertains to a segment of time or age (aivwn aion)

c) The phrase ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo is better translated ldquothe worries of the

present agerdquo

d) As a general principle every age or period has its own worries and concerns based

on different variables

e) Yet the general concern of living out onersquos life in the world is common to all

88) All believers have concerns that relate to our ph 2

89) Some involve a legitimate need but the believer is unwilling to have confidence in

God and faith rest the situation (eg living grace)

90) Yet other concerns and worries are illegitimate and stirred up by the OSN (eg loss

of position ad status- John 1242-43 death- Psa 234 cf Acts 754-58)

91) In any case the worry and anxiety is invasive

92) The believer succumbs to feelings of apprehension or distress

93) As growing believers we are not to be anxious for anything (Phil 46 cf Isa 354)

94) Focus on today in making the appropriate applications in the AC not on what may or

may not happen in the future (Matt 634 cf Mark 1311)

95) In addition to choking our spiritual momentum being consumed with the worries of

this life will sap a believerrsquos happiness and spiritual vigilance (Prov 1225 Luke

2134)

96) The correct approach in dealing with various ldquoworriesrdquo begins with trusting God and

applying His word to the situation (1 Peter 57 cf Psa 625-8 9419 Isa 4110 2

Cor 19)

97) Faith rest is imperative (Heb 116)

Luke 8

415

98) The worries or concerns that may stifle a believerrsquos spiritual progress are

innumerable Some include

a) Concern for self (James 314-16)

b) Business interests career (James 413-17)

c) Family (Matt 1037)

d) Grief (Ruth 11-18)

e) Love for the world (2 Tim 410 1 John 215-16)

f) Relationships not in accordance with Bible doctrine (James 44 cf 1 Kings 111-8

Neh 1323-27)

g) The past (Ex 163 2 Peter 220-22)

h) ldquoAnythingrdquo that inhibits learning sound doctrine (Luke 1038-42)

99) We are to take active steps to ldquoweed outrdquo any anxiety or illegitimate concern in the

CWL

100) The longer this weed is allowed to grow the harder it becomes to control it

101) The 2nd

thorn cited by Jesus is ldquorichesrdquo

102) ldquoRichesrdquo refers to the material wealth of the cosmos (ploutoj ploutos- Rev

1817)

103) This is in contrast to the Divine ldquorichesrdquo that God bestows on the believer in time

(cf Rom 1133 Phil 419 Heb 1126)

104) Simply possessing ldquorichesrdquo isnrsquot an issue per say for the believer

105) Indeed some great believers were very wealthy (2 Chron 111-12 2 Chron 922

3227-29 Job 4210)

106) Scripture directs specific applications for the wealth however the issue relates to

the believerrsquos attitude towards the acquisition of wealth and prosperity (1 Tim 617-

19)

107) The pursuit of riches is foolhardy and inevitably disrupts spiritual momentum (1

Tim 69-10)

108) We are enjoined to flee from the desire for riches and instead pursue that which

conforms to Godrsquos directive will (1 Tim 611)

109) The believer is to vigilantly guard against greed in any form (Luke 1215 1613

Eph 53)

110) In the other synoptic Gospelrsquos our term ldquorichesrdquo is expanded upon being referred

to as ldquothe deceitfulness of richesrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

111) The deception occurs when the believer is seduced into thinking that his happiness

and security in life is dependent upon riches

112) Despite this prevailing attitude towards wealth in the world the believer must

reject it (Psa 234-5 Prov 2724)

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 6: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

404

33) Evidently Luke is referring to the contempt with which many treat Godrsquos word and

view it as worthless (cf Matt 76 Heb 1029)

34) Many birds are opportunists and will consume an easily available meal such as seed

35) The second portion of the seed fell upon ldquorocky soil and as soon as it grew up it

withered away because it had no moisturerdquo

36) Take note ldquoother seedrdquo doesnrsquot refer to a different type of seed but ldquosomerdquo of the

same kind falling in a different soil type

37) Here the seed does break the surface but is depicted as barely taking root (ie lacked

a developed root system)

38) Eventually the dies off for lack of soil nutrients and moisture (cf Mark 45)

39) The third portion of seed ldquofell among thornsrdquo

40) This seed took root and grew up alongside the thorns

41) Yet the thorns essentially invasive weeds smothered the seed and sapped its

fruitfulness (cf Mark 47)

42) Finally the fourth portion ldquofell into the good soilrdquo

43) The syntax of the Greek text emphasizes that this soil was very fertile (lit thn ghn thn avgaqhn ten gen ten agathen =ldquothe soil the good kindrdquo)

44) This seed took root and grew up into a mature prolific fruit growing plant

45) While Luke concisely emphasizes the maximum crop yield of the plant in the good

soil Matthew and Mark indicate that there are lesser yields from plants in the good

soil (Matt138 Mark 48)

46) Of the four portions of seed the first doesnrsquot even penetrate the hardpan road to

germinate

47) All of the remaining three portions of seed germinate but eventually only one

survives and has longevity and fruitfulness

48) The demise of the second and third portions portrayed as sudden and gradual is

attributable to the inferior quality of the soil

49) Both the rocky and weed filled terroir are ultimately unproductive

50) The survival and superior yield of the last is directly related to the high quality of the

soil in which it grows

51) It is significant that throughout Jesusrsquo discourse on the sower He regularly called

out ldquoHe who has ears to hear let him hearrdquo

52) The verb translated ldquokept calling outrdquo is to speak loudly with emphasis (fwnew

phoneo)

53) His words challenge those listening to not merely ldquohearrdquo in a superficial sensory

way

Luke 8

405

54) Rather it is a challenge to hear and understand the spiritual meaning of the parable

and to apply it to their own lives in relation to God and His word

55) Jesusrsquo enjoinder ldquoLet him hearrdquo conveys that His audience should make it their habit

to hear and understand His teaching (present imperative of avkouw akouo- ldquoto hearrdquo

cf Matt 1343 Luke 1435 also Rev 36 which stresses ldquourgencyrdquo with aorist

imperative)

Luke 8

406

Luke 89-10 And His disciples began questioning Him as to what this parable might be 10

And He said To you it has been granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of

God but to the rest it is in parables in order that seeing they may not see and hearing

they may not understand

Analysis of vv 9-10

1) At some point during His discourse Jesus and His disciples are able to have a private

conversation

2) Jesusrsquo disciples began to question Him about the meaning of the parable

3) Mark notes that His subsequent explanation was not limited to the twelve but also

included His other followers (Mark 410)

4) His disciples had heard the parable like everyone else but didnrsquot grasp the meaning

5) A lack of comprehension is understandable given that the parable was intentionally

enigmatic

6) Yet the parable had piqued their desire to understand its underlying meaning

7) This cannot be said for His audience in general as Jesus will point out

8) Before revealing the meaning of the parable Jesus affirms to His disciples ldquoTo you it

has been granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of Godhelliprdquo

9) The phrase ldquoto yourdquo is emphatic occurring first in His response

10) In addition to the position of the phrase the form in the Greek connotes an advantage

to the disciples (ldquo~Uminrdquo humin ndash ldquoTo youhelliprdquo)

11) That is what Jesus explains is for their benefit or in their best interests (ie their free

access to Divine viewpoint)

12) They had been ldquograntedrdquo by God ldquoto know the mysteries of the kingdom of Godrdquo

13) This knowledge wasnrsquot granted on the basis of personal favoritism but rather on the

desire to know His plan (+V Prov 1514 1815 Lam 325 Matt 78)

14) ldquoTo knowrdquo is to have an understanding or comprehension of something (ginwskw

ginosko)

15) In our verse that something is explicitly referred to as ldquothe mysteries of the kingdom

of Godrdquo

16) Our noun translated ldquomysteriesrdquo is a religious technical term used in the Greco-

Roman world generally used to refer to secret rites only known to initiates of various

cults (musthrion musterion)

17) In the NT musterion occurs 28x and of these only 3 are found in the Gospels (Matt

1311 Mark 411)

Luke 8

407

18) Also the term is used in the NT in reference to divine revelation which had been

previously unrevealed and was therefore unknown (cf Paulrsquos use of musterion-Col

126-27)

a) ldquoHiddenrdquo refers to the act whereby God conceals His Divine viewpoint from

various segments of mankind (avpokruptw apokrupto- Luke 1021 1 Cor 27

Eph 39)

b) ldquoAgesrdquo refers to different periods of history or from the Divine viewpoint

different dispensations (aivwn- aion cf Mark 1030 Eph 121)

c) ldquoGenerationsrdquo in this context specifies various peoples living at the same time

within a dispensation (genea- genea Phil 215)

d) Ergo the ldquomysteryrdquo was completely concealed by God from every individual in

every previous dispensation

e) The person and work of Christ was not a mystery to previous dispensations

f) However the fact that He would be the founder and head of the Church had been

mystery which had been hidden from previous dispensations (cf Matt 1618

Col118)

g) The mystery which has been revealed is the Church and related doctrines with

Christ as the head or founder

19) ldquoMysteriesrdquo is adopted by Jesus to refer to various elements of the plan of God that

were previously unknown but now would be revealed to His disciples

20) In keeping with the origin of musterion the disciples of Jesus were divine initiates

into the plan of God

21) Jesus makes a sharp distinction between His disciples and those He refers to as ldquothe

restrdquo

22) ldquoThe restrdquo comprises those that are unbelievers who have no affinity for the Messiah

or the plan of God (-V)

23) Their disinterest in the kingdom of God is manifested by their disinterest in

understanding the parables taught by Jesus

24) They didnrsquot seek the meaning therefore Godrsquos plan was obscured to them

25) Put another way they didnrsquot seek therefore they didnrsquot find

26) The contrast between the groups His disciples and ldquothe restrdquo is really between those

who have knowledge and those who lack knowledge

27) One makes the most of the opportunity that God presents and seeks Him while the

other squanders the opportunity (cf Luke 1229-31 And do not seek what you shall

eat and what you shall drink and do not keep worrying 30 For all these things the

nations of the world eagerly seek but your Father knows that you need these things 31

But seek for His kingdom and these things shall be added to you)

Luke 8

408

28) Jesus reveals the consequences of the latter groups disinterest in the ldquokingdom of

Godrdquo saying ldquohellipin order that seeing they may not see and hearing they may not

understandrdquo

29) On this occasion Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah (Isa 69 cf Matt 1314 Mark 412)

30) ldquoIn order thatrdquo in this verse primarily communicates a result

31) Despite being able to see Jesus and hear His teaching a real understanding and

comprehension eluded ldquothe restrdquo

32) This was the result of strictly listening to parables without clarification

33) As a result of ndashV their spiritual perception or comprehension regarding the plan of

God was blunted

34) However the clause also suggests divine purpose in the use of parables Namely to

defy the understanding of those who disregard God

35) In this sense God will obscure His plan from those who like ldquothe restrdquo reject it (Deut

294 Isa 610 4418 John 1240 Rom 118)

36) The parables taught by Jesus were an invitation to enlightenment that was rebuffed

by most

Luke 8

409

Luke 811-15 Now the parable is this the seed is the word of God 12

And those beside

the road are those who have heard then the devil comes and takes away the word from

their heart so that they may not believe and be saved 13

And those on the rocky soil are

those who when they hear receive the word with joy and these have no firm root they

believe for a while and in time of temptation fall away 14

And the seed which fell

among the thorns these are the ones who have heard and as they go on their way they

are choked with worries and riches and pleasures of this life and bring no fruit to

maturity 15

And the seed in the good soil these are the ones who have heard the word in

an honest and good heart and continue holding it fast and continue bearing fruit with

perseverance

Analysis of vv 11-15

1) Jesus provides an explanation of the parable of the sower

2) In Mark He stresses the importance of understanding this parable as it was

foundational to the correct understanding of other parables (Mark 413)

3) He provides a step by step interpretation of the salient elements Namely the seed and

the different types of soil

4) The seed that was sown is identified as ldquothe word of Godrdquo

5) ldquoThe word of Godrdquo specifically refers to the Gospel it is the seed that will potentially

germinate and flourish in the life of individual that hears it (Acts 431 67 Col 15-

6)

6) However ldquothe sowerrdquo isnrsquot identified in this interpretation

7) Itrsquos evident that ldquothe sowerrdquo is one who ldquosows the word of Godrdquo (cf Mark 414)

8) The act of sowing on the part of the sower is representative of the communication of

the word of God

9) There are various sowers of Godrsquos word the Gospel

a) Ultimately God is the sower of His word (Isa 5510-11)

b) In our context Jesus disseminated the Gospel to the multitudes (Luke 418 722

201)

c) Any believer that proclaims the Gospel (Luke 96 Acts 835 2 Tim 45 1 Peter

315)

10) Although there may be a variety of sowers the seed or ldquoword of Godrdquo remains

constant throughout the parable in vv 5-8 and its interpretation in our verses

11) The seed in the parable is depicted as falling on four different soil types ranging from

hard pan to very fertile soil

12) The different soil types primarily represent different volitional responses to the

Gospel by those who hear it

Luke 8

410

13) Additionally the germination of the seed in three of the soil types alludes to varying

degrees of spiritual momentum after an individual accepts the Gospel

14) The compacted lifeless soil beside the road that the seed was unable to penetrate is

identified here as ldquothose who have heardrdquo

15) ldquoThose who have heardrdquo are those who are presented the Gospel and decide to reject

it (-V to the Gospel)

16) The fallout of the decision to reject the Gospel is demonic interference

17) This was represented in the parable through the seed being ldquotrampled under footrdquo and

being consumed by the birds of the airrdquo

18) The plural ldquobirdsrdquo represents Satan and his demonic forces (cf Rev 182)

19) Following the rejection ldquothe devil comes and takes away the word from their heart

so that they may not believe and be savedrdquo

20) ldquoThe devilrdquo is a title for Satan and means ldquothe slandererrdquo (o` diaboloj ho diabolos)

21) He is referred to as ldquothe evil onerdquo and ldquoSatanrdquo respectively in Matthew and Mark

(Matt 1319 Mark 415)

a) ldquoThe evil onerdquo points to his complete moral worthlessness coupled with

maliciousness (o` ponhroj ho poneros- John 1715)

b) ldquoSatanrdquo means ldquoAdversaryrdquo an apt title for the enemy of God and believers

(Satan Satan- 1 Thess 218)

22) He is unrelenting in his opposition to God and His word

23) Here the devil is said to ldquotake away the word from their heartrdquo with the result that

they do not believe the Gospel

24) It is absolutely critical to understand that there is a sequence in view

25) First the Gospel was heard secondly it was summarily rejected by the individual

26) Finally Satan intervenes and blinds the mind of the one who rejects the Gospel (2

Cor 43-4)

27) The process of blinding is described here as ldquotaking away the word from their heartrdquo

28) This cannot occur apart from the rejection of the Gospel by an individual

29) In the workings of the AC God allows members of the human race to decide whether

or not to accept His plan of salvation the Gospel

30) Therefore the devil cannot frustrate anyone from believing the Gospel apart from

their own reticence to accept it

31) The majority of mankind will fail this test of volition these demonstrate -V (Matt

2214)

32) Many are determined to follow their own course in life and have little if any interest

in the plan of God and their inherent need for salvation

Luke 8

411

33) These types persist in ndashV in opposition to Godrsquos plan regardless of what is shown by

whom or in what manner it is presented to them (John 1711-12 cf Luke 613ff-

Judas was present)

34) The -V of an individual at Gospel hearing is essentially an open invitation for satanic

influence

35) In v 13 the seeds that fell on rocky soil represent those who hear and ldquoreceive the

word with joyrdquo

36) Unlike the seed in the compacted soil this seed germinates and begins the process of

new growth

37) Our term ldquoreceiverdquo indicates acceptance with an added nuance of welcoming the

Gospel (decomai dechomai)

38) In their accounts Matthew and Mark use the term ldquoreceiverdquo which means to accept as

true (lambanw lambano)

39) Although different verbs both point to belief in the Gospel

40) Moreover the acceptance is immediate and joyful

41) The germination of the seed portrays a new life in this case spiritual life (cf John 33

Titus 35 1 Peter 13)

42) ldquoJoyrdquo is the experience of happiness or gladness and in this context when one enters

into the plan of God (cara chara- 1 Thess 16)

43) There are of course a great number of reasons to be joyful in regards to accepting the

Gospel

44) Those who accept the Gospel realize the forgiveness of sins and gain eternal life (1

John 212 25 511)

45) God the Holy Spirit plays a pivotal role in the ldquogerminationrdquo process of the Gospel

a) He convicts man regarding sin and the need for a Savior (John 1526 168-9)

b) There are individuals that resist the Holy Spirit and reject the Gospel as seen with

seed that falls by the road (Acts 751 cf Acts 185-6)

c) Once a person accepts the witness of the Holy Spirit regarding Jesus Christ the

Holy Spirit has a number of different ministries that continue to play an essential

role in his spiritual maturation (eg permanent indwelling John 1417 that is the

Spirit of truth whom the world cannot receive because it does not behold Him or

know Him but you know Him because He abides with you and will be in you

instruction in sound doctrine 1 Corinthians 212 Now we have received not the

spirit of the world but the Spirit who is from God that we might know the things

freely given to us by God resisting the influence of the OSN through His filling

Galatians 516-17 But I say walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the

desire of the flesh 17

For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit and the Spirit

Luke 8

412

against the flesh for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do

the things that you please Ephesians 518 And do not get drunk with wine for

that is dissipation but be filled with the Spirit)

46) Saving faith enables one to utilize a myriad of spiritual resources (eg prayer -

Philippians 46-7 Be anxious for nothing but in everything by prayer and

supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God 7 And the

peace of God which surpasses all comprehension shall guard your hearts and your

minds in Christ Jesus the realm of sound doctrine ndash 1 Timothy 46 In pointing out

these things to the brethren you will be a good servant of Christ Jesus constantly

nourished on the words of the faith and of the sound doctrine which you have been

following the local church ndash 1 Tim 315 strengthening via Holy Spirit ndash Eph 316

etc)

47) Despite the joyful acceptance of the Gospel and all the benefits conferred to the

believer the happiness is only temporary and short-lived

48) This is indicated by the phrase ldquofor a timerdquo which points to a limited time

49) The spiritual growth of the believer is severely limited due to an ldquoundeveloped rootrdquo

(ie ldquono rootrdquo)

50) The other Gospel accounts indicate the root wasnrsquot formed ldquoinrdquo the individual (Matt

1321 Mark 417)

51) A root is a metaphor for sound doctrine residing in the soul of the believer

52) As a plantrsquos root is key to continued growth so sound doctrine in the soul is essential

for proper growth in the believer

53) Bible doctrine provides the necessary spiritual nutrients to be healthy and strong in

the CWL (Deut 83 Matt 44)

54) A lack of Bible doctrine results in an inherently weak condition

55) Also without it ldquoin a time of temptationrdquo the believer will ldquofall awayrdquo

56) The word translated ldquotemptationrdquo refers to an enticement to sin but may also refer

generally to hardship or testing in the life of the believer (peirasmoj peirasmos-

James 12 2 Peter 29)

57) This time is described as a period of ldquoaffliction and persecutionrdquo in Matthew and

Mark (Matt 1317 Mark 417)

58) Note that the affliction and persecution arises ldquobecause of the wordrdquo

59) The believer is depicted as coming under distress and oppression because of his faith

60) The end result for he believer that is not rooted by Bible doctrine is spiritual

capitulation

61) Here such a believer is said to ldquofall awayrdquo which carries the nuance of switching

onersquos allegiance in revolt (avfisthmi aphistemi- 1 Tim 41 Heb 312)

Luke 8

413

62) This one no longer follows Godrsquos directive will but their own will by practicing the

ldquodoing what is right in his own eyesrdquo ethos

63) The next soil type is the thorn or weed filled soil

64) The seed which fell among the thorns germinated and grew (Luke 87)

65) This represents those who heard and accepted the Gospel as in the case of the rocky

soil

66) This believer grows and gains some spiritual momentum

67) The implication is that initially the soil was fertile and that the plant developed a root

system unlike the seed in the rocky soil

68) We may then presume that this believer following saving faith was rooted in some

knowledge of Bible doctrine

69) Further the plant that grew in this soil is portrayed as having a greater longevity than

the one that sprouted up on the rocky soil

70) In the rocky soil the spiritual progress made by the believer is only temporary

ultimately due to two primary factors

a) The deficiency of sound doctrine in the soul (ie a lack of spiritual nutrition)

b) The unwillingness to utilize spiritual armor (Rom 1312 Eph 610ff)

71) However the phrase ldquoas they go on their wayrdquo suggests a longer period of spiritual

momentum even including a believerrsquos entire ph 2

72) Although this believer has some initial spiritual momentum the soil was fertile and

the seed grew other factors sprout up that compromise the productivity of the plant

73) An environment that would promote optimum long term plant growth and

productivity is not maintained

74) Note that thorns ldquogrew up withrdquo the plant (sumfuw sumphuo- to grow together in

Luke 87)

75) Clearly this is an undesirable situation as thorns or weeds if not eradicated are

typically invasive and will eventually choke out the plant

76) Such is the case in this soil type where the thorns are not pulled out and left to

flourish

77) The ldquothornsrdquo represent various unmaintained OSN issues in the life of the believer

(akanqa akantha)

78) Eventually these thorns choke out the productivity and spiritual momentum of the

believer

79) Bear in mind it is the believer that fails to control the OSN and instead indulges the

flesh (similar to pre-salvation modus vivendi ndash Eph 23 cf Rom 1314)

80) The verb ldquochokedrdquo is to restrict the growth or well-being of something by pressure

(sumpnigw sumpnigo)

Luke 8

414

81) Here the thorns that choke the believer are referred to as ldquoworries riches and the

pleasures of this liferdquo

82) Our term translated ldquoliferdquo refers to physical life and the various activities associated

with it (ie ph 2 manner of living bioj bios- 1 Tim 22 2 Tim 24)

83) The first thorn Jesus refers to are ldquoworriesrdquo of this life

84) The plural noun ldquoworriesrdquo refers to concerns or worries (merimna merimna)

85) Depending on the context the term may connote care or concern for a legitimate

object (eg Paul for those in his canon- 2 Cor 1128 cf Timothyrsquos concern for the

Philippians with verb- Phil 220 merimnaw merimnao- to care for to be concerned )

86) However in our verse merimna pertains to sinful worry fear and anxiety that

smother the believer in this earthly life

87) In Matthew and Mark this thorn is referred to as ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo (Matt

1322 Mark 419)

a) ldquoWorriesrdquo is merimna as in our verse

b) The noun translated ldquoworldrdquo pertains to a segment of time or age (aivwn aion)

c) The phrase ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo is better translated ldquothe worries of the

present agerdquo

d) As a general principle every age or period has its own worries and concerns based

on different variables

e) Yet the general concern of living out onersquos life in the world is common to all

88) All believers have concerns that relate to our ph 2

89) Some involve a legitimate need but the believer is unwilling to have confidence in

God and faith rest the situation (eg living grace)

90) Yet other concerns and worries are illegitimate and stirred up by the OSN (eg loss

of position ad status- John 1242-43 death- Psa 234 cf Acts 754-58)

91) In any case the worry and anxiety is invasive

92) The believer succumbs to feelings of apprehension or distress

93) As growing believers we are not to be anxious for anything (Phil 46 cf Isa 354)

94) Focus on today in making the appropriate applications in the AC not on what may or

may not happen in the future (Matt 634 cf Mark 1311)

95) In addition to choking our spiritual momentum being consumed with the worries of

this life will sap a believerrsquos happiness and spiritual vigilance (Prov 1225 Luke

2134)

96) The correct approach in dealing with various ldquoworriesrdquo begins with trusting God and

applying His word to the situation (1 Peter 57 cf Psa 625-8 9419 Isa 4110 2

Cor 19)

97) Faith rest is imperative (Heb 116)

Luke 8

415

98) The worries or concerns that may stifle a believerrsquos spiritual progress are

innumerable Some include

a) Concern for self (James 314-16)

b) Business interests career (James 413-17)

c) Family (Matt 1037)

d) Grief (Ruth 11-18)

e) Love for the world (2 Tim 410 1 John 215-16)

f) Relationships not in accordance with Bible doctrine (James 44 cf 1 Kings 111-8

Neh 1323-27)

g) The past (Ex 163 2 Peter 220-22)

h) ldquoAnythingrdquo that inhibits learning sound doctrine (Luke 1038-42)

99) We are to take active steps to ldquoweed outrdquo any anxiety or illegitimate concern in the

CWL

100) The longer this weed is allowed to grow the harder it becomes to control it

101) The 2nd

thorn cited by Jesus is ldquorichesrdquo

102) ldquoRichesrdquo refers to the material wealth of the cosmos (ploutoj ploutos- Rev

1817)

103) This is in contrast to the Divine ldquorichesrdquo that God bestows on the believer in time

(cf Rom 1133 Phil 419 Heb 1126)

104) Simply possessing ldquorichesrdquo isnrsquot an issue per say for the believer

105) Indeed some great believers were very wealthy (2 Chron 111-12 2 Chron 922

3227-29 Job 4210)

106) Scripture directs specific applications for the wealth however the issue relates to

the believerrsquos attitude towards the acquisition of wealth and prosperity (1 Tim 617-

19)

107) The pursuit of riches is foolhardy and inevitably disrupts spiritual momentum (1

Tim 69-10)

108) We are enjoined to flee from the desire for riches and instead pursue that which

conforms to Godrsquos directive will (1 Tim 611)

109) The believer is to vigilantly guard against greed in any form (Luke 1215 1613

Eph 53)

110) In the other synoptic Gospelrsquos our term ldquorichesrdquo is expanded upon being referred

to as ldquothe deceitfulness of richesrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

111) The deception occurs when the believer is seduced into thinking that his happiness

and security in life is dependent upon riches

112) Despite this prevailing attitude towards wealth in the world the believer must

reject it (Psa 234-5 Prov 2724)

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 7: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

405

54) Rather it is a challenge to hear and understand the spiritual meaning of the parable

and to apply it to their own lives in relation to God and His word

55) Jesusrsquo enjoinder ldquoLet him hearrdquo conveys that His audience should make it their habit

to hear and understand His teaching (present imperative of avkouw akouo- ldquoto hearrdquo

cf Matt 1343 Luke 1435 also Rev 36 which stresses ldquourgencyrdquo with aorist

imperative)

Luke 8

406

Luke 89-10 And His disciples began questioning Him as to what this parable might be 10

And He said To you it has been granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of

God but to the rest it is in parables in order that seeing they may not see and hearing

they may not understand

Analysis of vv 9-10

1) At some point during His discourse Jesus and His disciples are able to have a private

conversation

2) Jesusrsquo disciples began to question Him about the meaning of the parable

3) Mark notes that His subsequent explanation was not limited to the twelve but also

included His other followers (Mark 410)

4) His disciples had heard the parable like everyone else but didnrsquot grasp the meaning

5) A lack of comprehension is understandable given that the parable was intentionally

enigmatic

6) Yet the parable had piqued their desire to understand its underlying meaning

7) This cannot be said for His audience in general as Jesus will point out

8) Before revealing the meaning of the parable Jesus affirms to His disciples ldquoTo you it

has been granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of Godhelliprdquo

9) The phrase ldquoto yourdquo is emphatic occurring first in His response

10) In addition to the position of the phrase the form in the Greek connotes an advantage

to the disciples (ldquo~Uminrdquo humin ndash ldquoTo youhelliprdquo)

11) That is what Jesus explains is for their benefit or in their best interests (ie their free

access to Divine viewpoint)

12) They had been ldquograntedrdquo by God ldquoto know the mysteries of the kingdom of Godrdquo

13) This knowledge wasnrsquot granted on the basis of personal favoritism but rather on the

desire to know His plan (+V Prov 1514 1815 Lam 325 Matt 78)

14) ldquoTo knowrdquo is to have an understanding or comprehension of something (ginwskw

ginosko)

15) In our verse that something is explicitly referred to as ldquothe mysteries of the kingdom

of Godrdquo

16) Our noun translated ldquomysteriesrdquo is a religious technical term used in the Greco-

Roman world generally used to refer to secret rites only known to initiates of various

cults (musthrion musterion)

17) In the NT musterion occurs 28x and of these only 3 are found in the Gospels (Matt

1311 Mark 411)

Luke 8

407

18) Also the term is used in the NT in reference to divine revelation which had been

previously unrevealed and was therefore unknown (cf Paulrsquos use of musterion-Col

126-27)

a) ldquoHiddenrdquo refers to the act whereby God conceals His Divine viewpoint from

various segments of mankind (avpokruptw apokrupto- Luke 1021 1 Cor 27

Eph 39)

b) ldquoAgesrdquo refers to different periods of history or from the Divine viewpoint

different dispensations (aivwn- aion cf Mark 1030 Eph 121)

c) ldquoGenerationsrdquo in this context specifies various peoples living at the same time

within a dispensation (genea- genea Phil 215)

d) Ergo the ldquomysteryrdquo was completely concealed by God from every individual in

every previous dispensation

e) The person and work of Christ was not a mystery to previous dispensations

f) However the fact that He would be the founder and head of the Church had been

mystery which had been hidden from previous dispensations (cf Matt 1618

Col118)

g) The mystery which has been revealed is the Church and related doctrines with

Christ as the head or founder

19) ldquoMysteriesrdquo is adopted by Jesus to refer to various elements of the plan of God that

were previously unknown but now would be revealed to His disciples

20) In keeping with the origin of musterion the disciples of Jesus were divine initiates

into the plan of God

21) Jesus makes a sharp distinction between His disciples and those He refers to as ldquothe

restrdquo

22) ldquoThe restrdquo comprises those that are unbelievers who have no affinity for the Messiah

or the plan of God (-V)

23) Their disinterest in the kingdom of God is manifested by their disinterest in

understanding the parables taught by Jesus

24) They didnrsquot seek the meaning therefore Godrsquos plan was obscured to them

25) Put another way they didnrsquot seek therefore they didnrsquot find

26) The contrast between the groups His disciples and ldquothe restrdquo is really between those

who have knowledge and those who lack knowledge

27) One makes the most of the opportunity that God presents and seeks Him while the

other squanders the opportunity (cf Luke 1229-31 And do not seek what you shall

eat and what you shall drink and do not keep worrying 30 For all these things the

nations of the world eagerly seek but your Father knows that you need these things 31

But seek for His kingdom and these things shall be added to you)

Luke 8

408

28) Jesus reveals the consequences of the latter groups disinterest in the ldquokingdom of

Godrdquo saying ldquohellipin order that seeing they may not see and hearing they may not

understandrdquo

29) On this occasion Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah (Isa 69 cf Matt 1314 Mark 412)

30) ldquoIn order thatrdquo in this verse primarily communicates a result

31) Despite being able to see Jesus and hear His teaching a real understanding and

comprehension eluded ldquothe restrdquo

32) This was the result of strictly listening to parables without clarification

33) As a result of ndashV their spiritual perception or comprehension regarding the plan of

God was blunted

34) However the clause also suggests divine purpose in the use of parables Namely to

defy the understanding of those who disregard God

35) In this sense God will obscure His plan from those who like ldquothe restrdquo reject it (Deut

294 Isa 610 4418 John 1240 Rom 118)

36) The parables taught by Jesus were an invitation to enlightenment that was rebuffed

by most

Luke 8

409

Luke 811-15 Now the parable is this the seed is the word of God 12

And those beside

the road are those who have heard then the devil comes and takes away the word from

their heart so that they may not believe and be saved 13

And those on the rocky soil are

those who when they hear receive the word with joy and these have no firm root they

believe for a while and in time of temptation fall away 14

And the seed which fell

among the thorns these are the ones who have heard and as they go on their way they

are choked with worries and riches and pleasures of this life and bring no fruit to

maturity 15

And the seed in the good soil these are the ones who have heard the word in

an honest and good heart and continue holding it fast and continue bearing fruit with

perseverance

Analysis of vv 11-15

1) Jesus provides an explanation of the parable of the sower

2) In Mark He stresses the importance of understanding this parable as it was

foundational to the correct understanding of other parables (Mark 413)

3) He provides a step by step interpretation of the salient elements Namely the seed and

the different types of soil

4) The seed that was sown is identified as ldquothe word of Godrdquo

5) ldquoThe word of Godrdquo specifically refers to the Gospel it is the seed that will potentially

germinate and flourish in the life of individual that hears it (Acts 431 67 Col 15-

6)

6) However ldquothe sowerrdquo isnrsquot identified in this interpretation

7) Itrsquos evident that ldquothe sowerrdquo is one who ldquosows the word of Godrdquo (cf Mark 414)

8) The act of sowing on the part of the sower is representative of the communication of

the word of God

9) There are various sowers of Godrsquos word the Gospel

a) Ultimately God is the sower of His word (Isa 5510-11)

b) In our context Jesus disseminated the Gospel to the multitudes (Luke 418 722

201)

c) Any believer that proclaims the Gospel (Luke 96 Acts 835 2 Tim 45 1 Peter

315)

10) Although there may be a variety of sowers the seed or ldquoword of Godrdquo remains

constant throughout the parable in vv 5-8 and its interpretation in our verses

11) The seed in the parable is depicted as falling on four different soil types ranging from

hard pan to very fertile soil

12) The different soil types primarily represent different volitional responses to the

Gospel by those who hear it

Luke 8

410

13) Additionally the germination of the seed in three of the soil types alludes to varying

degrees of spiritual momentum after an individual accepts the Gospel

14) The compacted lifeless soil beside the road that the seed was unable to penetrate is

identified here as ldquothose who have heardrdquo

15) ldquoThose who have heardrdquo are those who are presented the Gospel and decide to reject

it (-V to the Gospel)

16) The fallout of the decision to reject the Gospel is demonic interference

17) This was represented in the parable through the seed being ldquotrampled under footrdquo and

being consumed by the birds of the airrdquo

18) The plural ldquobirdsrdquo represents Satan and his demonic forces (cf Rev 182)

19) Following the rejection ldquothe devil comes and takes away the word from their heart

so that they may not believe and be savedrdquo

20) ldquoThe devilrdquo is a title for Satan and means ldquothe slandererrdquo (o` diaboloj ho diabolos)

21) He is referred to as ldquothe evil onerdquo and ldquoSatanrdquo respectively in Matthew and Mark

(Matt 1319 Mark 415)

a) ldquoThe evil onerdquo points to his complete moral worthlessness coupled with

maliciousness (o` ponhroj ho poneros- John 1715)

b) ldquoSatanrdquo means ldquoAdversaryrdquo an apt title for the enemy of God and believers

(Satan Satan- 1 Thess 218)

22) He is unrelenting in his opposition to God and His word

23) Here the devil is said to ldquotake away the word from their heartrdquo with the result that

they do not believe the Gospel

24) It is absolutely critical to understand that there is a sequence in view

25) First the Gospel was heard secondly it was summarily rejected by the individual

26) Finally Satan intervenes and blinds the mind of the one who rejects the Gospel (2

Cor 43-4)

27) The process of blinding is described here as ldquotaking away the word from their heartrdquo

28) This cannot occur apart from the rejection of the Gospel by an individual

29) In the workings of the AC God allows members of the human race to decide whether

or not to accept His plan of salvation the Gospel

30) Therefore the devil cannot frustrate anyone from believing the Gospel apart from

their own reticence to accept it

31) The majority of mankind will fail this test of volition these demonstrate -V (Matt

2214)

32) Many are determined to follow their own course in life and have little if any interest

in the plan of God and their inherent need for salvation

Luke 8

411

33) These types persist in ndashV in opposition to Godrsquos plan regardless of what is shown by

whom or in what manner it is presented to them (John 1711-12 cf Luke 613ff-

Judas was present)

34) The -V of an individual at Gospel hearing is essentially an open invitation for satanic

influence

35) In v 13 the seeds that fell on rocky soil represent those who hear and ldquoreceive the

word with joyrdquo

36) Unlike the seed in the compacted soil this seed germinates and begins the process of

new growth

37) Our term ldquoreceiverdquo indicates acceptance with an added nuance of welcoming the

Gospel (decomai dechomai)

38) In their accounts Matthew and Mark use the term ldquoreceiverdquo which means to accept as

true (lambanw lambano)

39) Although different verbs both point to belief in the Gospel

40) Moreover the acceptance is immediate and joyful

41) The germination of the seed portrays a new life in this case spiritual life (cf John 33

Titus 35 1 Peter 13)

42) ldquoJoyrdquo is the experience of happiness or gladness and in this context when one enters

into the plan of God (cara chara- 1 Thess 16)

43) There are of course a great number of reasons to be joyful in regards to accepting the

Gospel

44) Those who accept the Gospel realize the forgiveness of sins and gain eternal life (1

John 212 25 511)

45) God the Holy Spirit plays a pivotal role in the ldquogerminationrdquo process of the Gospel

a) He convicts man regarding sin and the need for a Savior (John 1526 168-9)

b) There are individuals that resist the Holy Spirit and reject the Gospel as seen with

seed that falls by the road (Acts 751 cf Acts 185-6)

c) Once a person accepts the witness of the Holy Spirit regarding Jesus Christ the

Holy Spirit has a number of different ministries that continue to play an essential

role in his spiritual maturation (eg permanent indwelling John 1417 that is the

Spirit of truth whom the world cannot receive because it does not behold Him or

know Him but you know Him because He abides with you and will be in you

instruction in sound doctrine 1 Corinthians 212 Now we have received not the

spirit of the world but the Spirit who is from God that we might know the things

freely given to us by God resisting the influence of the OSN through His filling

Galatians 516-17 But I say walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the

desire of the flesh 17

For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit and the Spirit

Luke 8

412

against the flesh for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do

the things that you please Ephesians 518 And do not get drunk with wine for

that is dissipation but be filled with the Spirit)

46) Saving faith enables one to utilize a myriad of spiritual resources (eg prayer -

Philippians 46-7 Be anxious for nothing but in everything by prayer and

supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God 7 And the

peace of God which surpasses all comprehension shall guard your hearts and your

minds in Christ Jesus the realm of sound doctrine ndash 1 Timothy 46 In pointing out

these things to the brethren you will be a good servant of Christ Jesus constantly

nourished on the words of the faith and of the sound doctrine which you have been

following the local church ndash 1 Tim 315 strengthening via Holy Spirit ndash Eph 316

etc)

47) Despite the joyful acceptance of the Gospel and all the benefits conferred to the

believer the happiness is only temporary and short-lived

48) This is indicated by the phrase ldquofor a timerdquo which points to a limited time

49) The spiritual growth of the believer is severely limited due to an ldquoundeveloped rootrdquo

(ie ldquono rootrdquo)

50) The other Gospel accounts indicate the root wasnrsquot formed ldquoinrdquo the individual (Matt

1321 Mark 417)

51) A root is a metaphor for sound doctrine residing in the soul of the believer

52) As a plantrsquos root is key to continued growth so sound doctrine in the soul is essential

for proper growth in the believer

53) Bible doctrine provides the necessary spiritual nutrients to be healthy and strong in

the CWL (Deut 83 Matt 44)

54) A lack of Bible doctrine results in an inherently weak condition

55) Also without it ldquoin a time of temptationrdquo the believer will ldquofall awayrdquo

56) The word translated ldquotemptationrdquo refers to an enticement to sin but may also refer

generally to hardship or testing in the life of the believer (peirasmoj peirasmos-

James 12 2 Peter 29)

57) This time is described as a period of ldquoaffliction and persecutionrdquo in Matthew and

Mark (Matt 1317 Mark 417)

58) Note that the affliction and persecution arises ldquobecause of the wordrdquo

59) The believer is depicted as coming under distress and oppression because of his faith

60) The end result for he believer that is not rooted by Bible doctrine is spiritual

capitulation

61) Here such a believer is said to ldquofall awayrdquo which carries the nuance of switching

onersquos allegiance in revolt (avfisthmi aphistemi- 1 Tim 41 Heb 312)

Luke 8

413

62) This one no longer follows Godrsquos directive will but their own will by practicing the

ldquodoing what is right in his own eyesrdquo ethos

63) The next soil type is the thorn or weed filled soil

64) The seed which fell among the thorns germinated and grew (Luke 87)

65) This represents those who heard and accepted the Gospel as in the case of the rocky

soil

66) This believer grows and gains some spiritual momentum

67) The implication is that initially the soil was fertile and that the plant developed a root

system unlike the seed in the rocky soil

68) We may then presume that this believer following saving faith was rooted in some

knowledge of Bible doctrine

69) Further the plant that grew in this soil is portrayed as having a greater longevity than

the one that sprouted up on the rocky soil

70) In the rocky soil the spiritual progress made by the believer is only temporary

ultimately due to two primary factors

a) The deficiency of sound doctrine in the soul (ie a lack of spiritual nutrition)

b) The unwillingness to utilize spiritual armor (Rom 1312 Eph 610ff)

71) However the phrase ldquoas they go on their wayrdquo suggests a longer period of spiritual

momentum even including a believerrsquos entire ph 2

72) Although this believer has some initial spiritual momentum the soil was fertile and

the seed grew other factors sprout up that compromise the productivity of the plant

73) An environment that would promote optimum long term plant growth and

productivity is not maintained

74) Note that thorns ldquogrew up withrdquo the plant (sumfuw sumphuo- to grow together in

Luke 87)

75) Clearly this is an undesirable situation as thorns or weeds if not eradicated are

typically invasive and will eventually choke out the plant

76) Such is the case in this soil type where the thorns are not pulled out and left to

flourish

77) The ldquothornsrdquo represent various unmaintained OSN issues in the life of the believer

(akanqa akantha)

78) Eventually these thorns choke out the productivity and spiritual momentum of the

believer

79) Bear in mind it is the believer that fails to control the OSN and instead indulges the

flesh (similar to pre-salvation modus vivendi ndash Eph 23 cf Rom 1314)

80) The verb ldquochokedrdquo is to restrict the growth or well-being of something by pressure

(sumpnigw sumpnigo)

Luke 8

414

81) Here the thorns that choke the believer are referred to as ldquoworries riches and the

pleasures of this liferdquo

82) Our term translated ldquoliferdquo refers to physical life and the various activities associated

with it (ie ph 2 manner of living bioj bios- 1 Tim 22 2 Tim 24)

83) The first thorn Jesus refers to are ldquoworriesrdquo of this life

84) The plural noun ldquoworriesrdquo refers to concerns or worries (merimna merimna)

85) Depending on the context the term may connote care or concern for a legitimate

object (eg Paul for those in his canon- 2 Cor 1128 cf Timothyrsquos concern for the

Philippians with verb- Phil 220 merimnaw merimnao- to care for to be concerned )

86) However in our verse merimna pertains to sinful worry fear and anxiety that

smother the believer in this earthly life

87) In Matthew and Mark this thorn is referred to as ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo (Matt

1322 Mark 419)

a) ldquoWorriesrdquo is merimna as in our verse

b) The noun translated ldquoworldrdquo pertains to a segment of time or age (aivwn aion)

c) The phrase ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo is better translated ldquothe worries of the

present agerdquo

d) As a general principle every age or period has its own worries and concerns based

on different variables

e) Yet the general concern of living out onersquos life in the world is common to all

88) All believers have concerns that relate to our ph 2

89) Some involve a legitimate need but the believer is unwilling to have confidence in

God and faith rest the situation (eg living grace)

90) Yet other concerns and worries are illegitimate and stirred up by the OSN (eg loss

of position ad status- John 1242-43 death- Psa 234 cf Acts 754-58)

91) In any case the worry and anxiety is invasive

92) The believer succumbs to feelings of apprehension or distress

93) As growing believers we are not to be anxious for anything (Phil 46 cf Isa 354)

94) Focus on today in making the appropriate applications in the AC not on what may or

may not happen in the future (Matt 634 cf Mark 1311)

95) In addition to choking our spiritual momentum being consumed with the worries of

this life will sap a believerrsquos happiness and spiritual vigilance (Prov 1225 Luke

2134)

96) The correct approach in dealing with various ldquoworriesrdquo begins with trusting God and

applying His word to the situation (1 Peter 57 cf Psa 625-8 9419 Isa 4110 2

Cor 19)

97) Faith rest is imperative (Heb 116)

Luke 8

415

98) The worries or concerns that may stifle a believerrsquos spiritual progress are

innumerable Some include

a) Concern for self (James 314-16)

b) Business interests career (James 413-17)

c) Family (Matt 1037)

d) Grief (Ruth 11-18)

e) Love for the world (2 Tim 410 1 John 215-16)

f) Relationships not in accordance with Bible doctrine (James 44 cf 1 Kings 111-8

Neh 1323-27)

g) The past (Ex 163 2 Peter 220-22)

h) ldquoAnythingrdquo that inhibits learning sound doctrine (Luke 1038-42)

99) We are to take active steps to ldquoweed outrdquo any anxiety or illegitimate concern in the

CWL

100) The longer this weed is allowed to grow the harder it becomes to control it

101) The 2nd

thorn cited by Jesus is ldquorichesrdquo

102) ldquoRichesrdquo refers to the material wealth of the cosmos (ploutoj ploutos- Rev

1817)

103) This is in contrast to the Divine ldquorichesrdquo that God bestows on the believer in time

(cf Rom 1133 Phil 419 Heb 1126)

104) Simply possessing ldquorichesrdquo isnrsquot an issue per say for the believer

105) Indeed some great believers were very wealthy (2 Chron 111-12 2 Chron 922

3227-29 Job 4210)

106) Scripture directs specific applications for the wealth however the issue relates to

the believerrsquos attitude towards the acquisition of wealth and prosperity (1 Tim 617-

19)

107) The pursuit of riches is foolhardy and inevitably disrupts spiritual momentum (1

Tim 69-10)

108) We are enjoined to flee from the desire for riches and instead pursue that which

conforms to Godrsquos directive will (1 Tim 611)

109) The believer is to vigilantly guard against greed in any form (Luke 1215 1613

Eph 53)

110) In the other synoptic Gospelrsquos our term ldquorichesrdquo is expanded upon being referred

to as ldquothe deceitfulness of richesrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

111) The deception occurs when the believer is seduced into thinking that his happiness

and security in life is dependent upon riches

112) Despite this prevailing attitude towards wealth in the world the believer must

reject it (Psa 234-5 Prov 2724)

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 8: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

406

Luke 89-10 And His disciples began questioning Him as to what this parable might be 10

And He said To you it has been granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of

God but to the rest it is in parables in order that seeing they may not see and hearing

they may not understand

Analysis of vv 9-10

1) At some point during His discourse Jesus and His disciples are able to have a private

conversation

2) Jesusrsquo disciples began to question Him about the meaning of the parable

3) Mark notes that His subsequent explanation was not limited to the twelve but also

included His other followers (Mark 410)

4) His disciples had heard the parable like everyone else but didnrsquot grasp the meaning

5) A lack of comprehension is understandable given that the parable was intentionally

enigmatic

6) Yet the parable had piqued their desire to understand its underlying meaning

7) This cannot be said for His audience in general as Jesus will point out

8) Before revealing the meaning of the parable Jesus affirms to His disciples ldquoTo you it

has been granted to know the mysteries of the kingdom of Godhelliprdquo

9) The phrase ldquoto yourdquo is emphatic occurring first in His response

10) In addition to the position of the phrase the form in the Greek connotes an advantage

to the disciples (ldquo~Uminrdquo humin ndash ldquoTo youhelliprdquo)

11) That is what Jesus explains is for their benefit or in their best interests (ie their free

access to Divine viewpoint)

12) They had been ldquograntedrdquo by God ldquoto know the mysteries of the kingdom of Godrdquo

13) This knowledge wasnrsquot granted on the basis of personal favoritism but rather on the

desire to know His plan (+V Prov 1514 1815 Lam 325 Matt 78)

14) ldquoTo knowrdquo is to have an understanding or comprehension of something (ginwskw

ginosko)

15) In our verse that something is explicitly referred to as ldquothe mysteries of the kingdom

of Godrdquo

16) Our noun translated ldquomysteriesrdquo is a religious technical term used in the Greco-

Roman world generally used to refer to secret rites only known to initiates of various

cults (musthrion musterion)

17) In the NT musterion occurs 28x and of these only 3 are found in the Gospels (Matt

1311 Mark 411)

Luke 8

407

18) Also the term is used in the NT in reference to divine revelation which had been

previously unrevealed and was therefore unknown (cf Paulrsquos use of musterion-Col

126-27)

a) ldquoHiddenrdquo refers to the act whereby God conceals His Divine viewpoint from

various segments of mankind (avpokruptw apokrupto- Luke 1021 1 Cor 27

Eph 39)

b) ldquoAgesrdquo refers to different periods of history or from the Divine viewpoint

different dispensations (aivwn- aion cf Mark 1030 Eph 121)

c) ldquoGenerationsrdquo in this context specifies various peoples living at the same time

within a dispensation (genea- genea Phil 215)

d) Ergo the ldquomysteryrdquo was completely concealed by God from every individual in

every previous dispensation

e) The person and work of Christ was not a mystery to previous dispensations

f) However the fact that He would be the founder and head of the Church had been

mystery which had been hidden from previous dispensations (cf Matt 1618

Col118)

g) The mystery which has been revealed is the Church and related doctrines with

Christ as the head or founder

19) ldquoMysteriesrdquo is adopted by Jesus to refer to various elements of the plan of God that

were previously unknown but now would be revealed to His disciples

20) In keeping with the origin of musterion the disciples of Jesus were divine initiates

into the plan of God

21) Jesus makes a sharp distinction between His disciples and those He refers to as ldquothe

restrdquo

22) ldquoThe restrdquo comprises those that are unbelievers who have no affinity for the Messiah

or the plan of God (-V)

23) Their disinterest in the kingdom of God is manifested by their disinterest in

understanding the parables taught by Jesus

24) They didnrsquot seek the meaning therefore Godrsquos plan was obscured to them

25) Put another way they didnrsquot seek therefore they didnrsquot find

26) The contrast between the groups His disciples and ldquothe restrdquo is really between those

who have knowledge and those who lack knowledge

27) One makes the most of the opportunity that God presents and seeks Him while the

other squanders the opportunity (cf Luke 1229-31 And do not seek what you shall

eat and what you shall drink and do not keep worrying 30 For all these things the

nations of the world eagerly seek but your Father knows that you need these things 31

But seek for His kingdom and these things shall be added to you)

Luke 8

408

28) Jesus reveals the consequences of the latter groups disinterest in the ldquokingdom of

Godrdquo saying ldquohellipin order that seeing they may not see and hearing they may not

understandrdquo

29) On this occasion Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah (Isa 69 cf Matt 1314 Mark 412)

30) ldquoIn order thatrdquo in this verse primarily communicates a result

31) Despite being able to see Jesus and hear His teaching a real understanding and

comprehension eluded ldquothe restrdquo

32) This was the result of strictly listening to parables without clarification

33) As a result of ndashV their spiritual perception or comprehension regarding the plan of

God was blunted

34) However the clause also suggests divine purpose in the use of parables Namely to

defy the understanding of those who disregard God

35) In this sense God will obscure His plan from those who like ldquothe restrdquo reject it (Deut

294 Isa 610 4418 John 1240 Rom 118)

36) The parables taught by Jesus were an invitation to enlightenment that was rebuffed

by most

Luke 8

409

Luke 811-15 Now the parable is this the seed is the word of God 12

And those beside

the road are those who have heard then the devil comes and takes away the word from

their heart so that they may not believe and be saved 13

And those on the rocky soil are

those who when they hear receive the word with joy and these have no firm root they

believe for a while and in time of temptation fall away 14

And the seed which fell

among the thorns these are the ones who have heard and as they go on their way they

are choked with worries and riches and pleasures of this life and bring no fruit to

maturity 15

And the seed in the good soil these are the ones who have heard the word in

an honest and good heart and continue holding it fast and continue bearing fruit with

perseverance

Analysis of vv 11-15

1) Jesus provides an explanation of the parable of the sower

2) In Mark He stresses the importance of understanding this parable as it was

foundational to the correct understanding of other parables (Mark 413)

3) He provides a step by step interpretation of the salient elements Namely the seed and

the different types of soil

4) The seed that was sown is identified as ldquothe word of Godrdquo

5) ldquoThe word of Godrdquo specifically refers to the Gospel it is the seed that will potentially

germinate and flourish in the life of individual that hears it (Acts 431 67 Col 15-

6)

6) However ldquothe sowerrdquo isnrsquot identified in this interpretation

7) Itrsquos evident that ldquothe sowerrdquo is one who ldquosows the word of Godrdquo (cf Mark 414)

8) The act of sowing on the part of the sower is representative of the communication of

the word of God

9) There are various sowers of Godrsquos word the Gospel

a) Ultimately God is the sower of His word (Isa 5510-11)

b) In our context Jesus disseminated the Gospel to the multitudes (Luke 418 722

201)

c) Any believer that proclaims the Gospel (Luke 96 Acts 835 2 Tim 45 1 Peter

315)

10) Although there may be a variety of sowers the seed or ldquoword of Godrdquo remains

constant throughout the parable in vv 5-8 and its interpretation in our verses

11) The seed in the parable is depicted as falling on four different soil types ranging from

hard pan to very fertile soil

12) The different soil types primarily represent different volitional responses to the

Gospel by those who hear it

Luke 8

410

13) Additionally the germination of the seed in three of the soil types alludes to varying

degrees of spiritual momentum after an individual accepts the Gospel

14) The compacted lifeless soil beside the road that the seed was unable to penetrate is

identified here as ldquothose who have heardrdquo

15) ldquoThose who have heardrdquo are those who are presented the Gospel and decide to reject

it (-V to the Gospel)

16) The fallout of the decision to reject the Gospel is demonic interference

17) This was represented in the parable through the seed being ldquotrampled under footrdquo and

being consumed by the birds of the airrdquo

18) The plural ldquobirdsrdquo represents Satan and his demonic forces (cf Rev 182)

19) Following the rejection ldquothe devil comes and takes away the word from their heart

so that they may not believe and be savedrdquo

20) ldquoThe devilrdquo is a title for Satan and means ldquothe slandererrdquo (o` diaboloj ho diabolos)

21) He is referred to as ldquothe evil onerdquo and ldquoSatanrdquo respectively in Matthew and Mark

(Matt 1319 Mark 415)

a) ldquoThe evil onerdquo points to his complete moral worthlessness coupled with

maliciousness (o` ponhroj ho poneros- John 1715)

b) ldquoSatanrdquo means ldquoAdversaryrdquo an apt title for the enemy of God and believers

(Satan Satan- 1 Thess 218)

22) He is unrelenting in his opposition to God and His word

23) Here the devil is said to ldquotake away the word from their heartrdquo with the result that

they do not believe the Gospel

24) It is absolutely critical to understand that there is a sequence in view

25) First the Gospel was heard secondly it was summarily rejected by the individual

26) Finally Satan intervenes and blinds the mind of the one who rejects the Gospel (2

Cor 43-4)

27) The process of blinding is described here as ldquotaking away the word from their heartrdquo

28) This cannot occur apart from the rejection of the Gospel by an individual

29) In the workings of the AC God allows members of the human race to decide whether

or not to accept His plan of salvation the Gospel

30) Therefore the devil cannot frustrate anyone from believing the Gospel apart from

their own reticence to accept it

31) The majority of mankind will fail this test of volition these demonstrate -V (Matt

2214)

32) Many are determined to follow their own course in life and have little if any interest

in the plan of God and their inherent need for salvation

Luke 8

411

33) These types persist in ndashV in opposition to Godrsquos plan regardless of what is shown by

whom or in what manner it is presented to them (John 1711-12 cf Luke 613ff-

Judas was present)

34) The -V of an individual at Gospel hearing is essentially an open invitation for satanic

influence

35) In v 13 the seeds that fell on rocky soil represent those who hear and ldquoreceive the

word with joyrdquo

36) Unlike the seed in the compacted soil this seed germinates and begins the process of

new growth

37) Our term ldquoreceiverdquo indicates acceptance with an added nuance of welcoming the

Gospel (decomai dechomai)

38) In their accounts Matthew and Mark use the term ldquoreceiverdquo which means to accept as

true (lambanw lambano)

39) Although different verbs both point to belief in the Gospel

40) Moreover the acceptance is immediate and joyful

41) The germination of the seed portrays a new life in this case spiritual life (cf John 33

Titus 35 1 Peter 13)

42) ldquoJoyrdquo is the experience of happiness or gladness and in this context when one enters

into the plan of God (cara chara- 1 Thess 16)

43) There are of course a great number of reasons to be joyful in regards to accepting the

Gospel

44) Those who accept the Gospel realize the forgiveness of sins and gain eternal life (1

John 212 25 511)

45) God the Holy Spirit plays a pivotal role in the ldquogerminationrdquo process of the Gospel

a) He convicts man regarding sin and the need for a Savior (John 1526 168-9)

b) There are individuals that resist the Holy Spirit and reject the Gospel as seen with

seed that falls by the road (Acts 751 cf Acts 185-6)

c) Once a person accepts the witness of the Holy Spirit regarding Jesus Christ the

Holy Spirit has a number of different ministries that continue to play an essential

role in his spiritual maturation (eg permanent indwelling John 1417 that is the

Spirit of truth whom the world cannot receive because it does not behold Him or

know Him but you know Him because He abides with you and will be in you

instruction in sound doctrine 1 Corinthians 212 Now we have received not the

spirit of the world but the Spirit who is from God that we might know the things

freely given to us by God resisting the influence of the OSN through His filling

Galatians 516-17 But I say walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the

desire of the flesh 17

For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit and the Spirit

Luke 8

412

against the flesh for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do

the things that you please Ephesians 518 And do not get drunk with wine for

that is dissipation but be filled with the Spirit)

46) Saving faith enables one to utilize a myriad of spiritual resources (eg prayer -

Philippians 46-7 Be anxious for nothing but in everything by prayer and

supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God 7 And the

peace of God which surpasses all comprehension shall guard your hearts and your

minds in Christ Jesus the realm of sound doctrine ndash 1 Timothy 46 In pointing out

these things to the brethren you will be a good servant of Christ Jesus constantly

nourished on the words of the faith and of the sound doctrine which you have been

following the local church ndash 1 Tim 315 strengthening via Holy Spirit ndash Eph 316

etc)

47) Despite the joyful acceptance of the Gospel and all the benefits conferred to the

believer the happiness is only temporary and short-lived

48) This is indicated by the phrase ldquofor a timerdquo which points to a limited time

49) The spiritual growth of the believer is severely limited due to an ldquoundeveloped rootrdquo

(ie ldquono rootrdquo)

50) The other Gospel accounts indicate the root wasnrsquot formed ldquoinrdquo the individual (Matt

1321 Mark 417)

51) A root is a metaphor for sound doctrine residing in the soul of the believer

52) As a plantrsquos root is key to continued growth so sound doctrine in the soul is essential

for proper growth in the believer

53) Bible doctrine provides the necessary spiritual nutrients to be healthy and strong in

the CWL (Deut 83 Matt 44)

54) A lack of Bible doctrine results in an inherently weak condition

55) Also without it ldquoin a time of temptationrdquo the believer will ldquofall awayrdquo

56) The word translated ldquotemptationrdquo refers to an enticement to sin but may also refer

generally to hardship or testing in the life of the believer (peirasmoj peirasmos-

James 12 2 Peter 29)

57) This time is described as a period of ldquoaffliction and persecutionrdquo in Matthew and

Mark (Matt 1317 Mark 417)

58) Note that the affliction and persecution arises ldquobecause of the wordrdquo

59) The believer is depicted as coming under distress and oppression because of his faith

60) The end result for he believer that is not rooted by Bible doctrine is spiritual

capitulation

61) Here such a believer is said to ldquofall awayrdquo which carries the nuance of switching

onersquos allegiance in revolt (avfisthmi aphistemi- 1 Tim 41 Heb 312)

Luke 8

413

62) This one no longer follows Godrsquos directive will but their own will by practicing the

ldquodoing what is right in his own eyesrdquo ethos

63) The next soil type is the thorn or weed filled soil

64) The seed which fell among the thorns germinated and grew (Luke 87)

65) This represents those who heard and accepted the Gospel as in the case of the rocky

soil

66) This believer grows and gains some spiritual momentum

67) The implication is that initially the soil was fertile and that the plant developed a root

system unlike the seed in the rocky soil

68) We may then presume that this believer following saving faith was rooted in some

knowledge of Bible doctrine

69) Further the plant that grew in this soil is portrayed as having a greater longevity than

the one that sprouted up on the rocky soil

70) In the rocky soil the spiritual progress made by the believer is only temporary

ultimately due to two primary factors

a) The deficiency of sound doctrine in the soul (ie a lack of spiritual nutrition)

b) The unwillingness to utilize spiritual armor (Rom 1312 Eph 610ff)

71) However the phrase ldquoas they go on their wayrdquo suggests a longer period of spiritual

momentum even including a believerrsquos entire ph 2

72) Although this believer has some initial spiritual momentum the soil was fertile and

the seed grew other factors sprout up that compromise the productivity of the plant

73) An environment that would promote optimum long term plant growth and

productivity is not maintained

74) Note that thorns ldquogrew up withrdquo the plant (sumfuw sumphuo- to grow together in

Luke 87)

75) Clearly this is an undesirable situation as thorns or weeds if not eradicated are

typically invasive and will eventually choke out the plant

76) Such is the case in this soil type where the thorns are not pulled out and left to

flourish

77) The ldquothornsrdquo represent various unmaintained OSN issues in the life of the believer

(akanqa akantha)

78) Eventually these thorns choke out the productivity and spiritual momentum of the

believer

79) Bear in mind it is the believer that fails to control the OSN and instead indulges the

flesh (similar to pre-salvation modus vivendi ndash Eph 23 cf Rom 1314)

80) The verb ldquochokedrdquo is to restrict the growth or well-being of something by pressure

(sumpnigw sumpnigo)

Luke 8

414

81) Here the thorns that choke the believer are referred to as ldquoworries riches and the

pleasures of this liferdquo

82) Our term translated ldquoliferdquo refers to physical life and the various activities associated

with it (ie ph 2 manner of living bioj bios- 1 Tim 22 2 Tim 24)

83) The first thorn Jesus refers to are ldquoworriesrdquo of this life

84) The plural noun ldquoworriesrdquo refers to concerns or worries (merimna merimna)

85) Depending on the context the term may connote care or concern for a legitimate

object (eg Paul for those in his canon- 2 Cor 1128 cf Timothyrsquos concern for the

Philippians with verb- Phil 220 merimnaw merimnao- to care for to be concerned )

86) However in our verse merimna pertains to sinful worry fear and anxiety that

smother the believer in this earthly life

87) In Matthew and Mark this thorn is referred to as ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo (Matt

1322 Mark 419)

a) ldquoWorriesrdquo is merimna as in our verse

b) The noun translated ldquoworldrdquo pertains to a segment of time or age (aivwn aion)

c) The phrase ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo is better translated ldquothe worries of the

present agerdquo

d) As a general principle every age or period has its own worries and concerns based

on different variables

e) Yet the general concern of living out onersquos life in the world is common to all

88) All believers have concerns that relate to our ph 2

89) Some involve a legitimate need but the believer is unwilling to have confidence in

God and faith rest the situation (eg living grace)

90) Yet other concerns and worries are illegitimate and stirred up by the OSN (eg loss

of position ad status- John 1242-43 death- Psa 234 cf Acts 754-58)

91) In any case the worry and anxiety is invasive

92) The believer succumbs to feelings of apprehension or distress

93) As growing believers we are not to be anxious for anything (Phil 46 cf Isa 354)

94) Focus on today in making the appropriate applications in the AC not on what may or

may not happen in the future (Matt 634 cf Mark 1311)

95) In addition to choking our spiritual momentum being consumed with the worries of

this life will sap a believerrsquos happiness and spiritual vigilance (Prov 1225 Luke

2134)

96) The correct approach in dealing with various ldquoworriesrdquo begins with trusting God and

applying His word to the situation (1 Peter 57 cf Psa 625-8 9419 Isa 4110 2

Cor 19)

97) Faith rest is imperative (Heb 116)

Luke 8

415

98) The worries or concerns that may stifle a believerrsquos spiritual progress are

innumerable Some include

a) Concern for self (James 314-16)

b) Business interests career (James 413-17)

c) Family (Matt 1037)

d) Grief (Ruth 11-18)

e) Love for the world (2 Tim 410 1 John 215-16)

f) Relationships not in accordance with Bible doctrine (James 44 cf 1 Kings 111-8

Neh 1323-27)

g) The past (Ex 163 2 Peter 220-22)

h) ldquoAnythingrdquo that inhibits learning sound doctrine (Luke 1038-42)

99) We are to take active steps to ldquoweed outrdquo any anxiety or illegitimate concern in the

CWL

100) The longer this weed is allowed to grow the harder it becomes to control it

101) The 2nd

thorn cited by Jesus is ldquorichesrdquo

102) ldquoRichesrdquo refers to the material wealth of the cosmos (ploutoj ploutos- Rev

1817)

103) This is in contrast to the Divine ldquorichesrdquo that God bestows on the believer in time

(cf Rom 1133 Phil 419 Heb 1126)

104) Simply possessing ldquorichesrdquo isnrsquot an issue per say for the believer

105) Indeed some great believers were very wealthy (2 Chron 111-12 2 Chron 922

3227-29 Job 4210)

106) Scripture directs specific applications for the wealth however the issue relates to

the believerrsquos attitude towards the acquisition of wealth and prosperity (1 Tim 617-

19)

107) The pursuit of riches is foolhardy and inevitably disrupts spiritual momentum (1

Tim 69-10)

108) We are enjoined to flee from the desire for riches and instead pursue that which

conforms to Godrsquos directive will (1 Tim 611)

109) The believer is to vigilantly guard against greed in any form (Luke 1215 1613

Eph 53)

110) In the other synoptic Gospelrsquos our term ldquorichesrdquo is expanded upon being referred

to as ldquothe deceitfulness of richesrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

111) The deception occurs when the believer is seduced into thinking that his happiness

and security in life is dependent upon riches

112) Despite this prevailing attitude towards wealth in the world the believer must

reject it (Psa 234-5 Prov 2724)

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 9: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

407

18) Also the term is used in the NT in reference to divine revelation which had been

previously unrevealed and was therefore unknown (cf Paulrsquos use of musterion-Col

126-27)

a) ldquoHiddenrdquo refers to the act whereby God conceals His Divine viewpoint from

various segments of mankind (avpokruptw apokrupto- Luke 1021 1 Cor 27

Eph 39)

b) ldquoAgesrdquo refers to different periods of history or from the Divine viewpoint

different dispensations (aivwn- aion cf Mark 1030 Eph 121)

c) ldquoGenerationsrdquo in this context specifies various peoples living at the same time

within a dispensation (genea- genea Phil 215)

d) Ergo the ldquomysteryrdquo was completely concealed by God from every individual in

every previous dispensation

e) The person and work of Christ was not a mystery to previous dispensations

f) However the fact that He would be the founder and head of the Church had been

mystery which had been hidden from previous dispensations (cf Matt 1618

Col118)

g) The mystery which has been revealed is the Church and related doctrines with

Christ as the head or founder

19) ldquoMysteriesrdquo is adopted by Jesus to refer to various elements of the plan of God that

were previously unknown but now would be revealed to His disciples

20) In keeping with the origin of musterion the disciples of Jesus were divine initiates

into the plan of God

21) Jesus makes a sharp distinction between His disciples and those He refers to as ldquothe

restrdquo

22) ldquoThe restrdquo comprises those that are unbelievers who have no affinity for the Messiah

or the plan of God (-V)

23) Their disinterest in the kingdom of God is manifested by their disinterest in

understanding the parables taught by Jesus

24) They didnrsquot seek the meaning therefore Godrsquos plan was obscured to them

25) Put another way they didnrsquot seek therefore they didnrsquot find

26) The contrast between the groups His disciples and ldquothe restrdquo is really between those

who have knowledge and those who lack knowledge

27) One makes the most of the opportunity that God presents and seeks Him while the

other squanders the opportunity (cf Luke 1229-31 And do not seek what you shall

eat and what you shall drink and do not keep worrying 30 For all these things the

nations of the world eagerly seek but your Father knows that you need these things 31

But seek for His kingdom and these things shall be added to you)

Luke 8

408

28) Jesus reveals the consequences of the latter groups disinterest in the ldquokingdom of

Godrdquo saying ldquohellipin order that seeing they may not see and hearing they may not

understandrdquo

29) On this occasion Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah (Isa 69 cf Matt 1314 Mark 412)

30) ldquoIn order thatrdquo in this verse primarily communicates a result

31) Despite being able to see Jesus and hear His teaching a real understanding and

comprehension eluded ldquothe restrdquo

32) This was the result of strictly listening to parables without clarification

33) As a result of ndashV their spiritual perception or comprehension regarding the plan of

God was blunted

34) However the clause also suggests divine purpose in the use of parables Namely to

defy the understanding of those who disregard God

35) In this sense God will obscure His plan from those who like ldquothe restrdquo reject it (Deut

294 Isa 610 4418 John 1240 Rom 118)

36) The parables taught by Jesus were an invitation to enlightenment that was rebuffed

by most

Luke 8

409

Luke 811-15 Now the parable is this the seed is the word of God 12

And those beside

the road are those who have heard then the devil comes and takes away the word from

their heart so that they may not believe and be saved 13

And those on the rocky soil are

those who when they hear receive the word with joy and these have no firm root they

believe for a while and in time of temptation fall away 14

And the seed which fell

among the thorns these are the ones who have heard and as they go on their way they

are choked with worries and riches and pleasures of this life and bring no fruit to

maturity 15

And the seed in the good soil these are the ones who have heard the word in

an honest and good heart and continue holding it fast and continue bearing fruit with

perseverance

Analysis of vv 11-15

1) Jesus provides an explanation of the parable of the sower

2) In Mark He stresses the importance of understanding this parable as it was

foundational to the correct understanding of other parables (Mark 413)

3) He provides a step by step interpretation of the salient elements Namely the seed and

the different types of soil

4) The seed that was sown is identified as ldquothe word of Godrdquo

5) ldquoThe word of Godrdquo specifically refers to the Gospel it is the seed that will potentially

germinate and flourish in the life of individual that hears it (Acts 431 67 Col 15-

6)

6) However ldquothe sowerrdquo isnrsquot identified in this interpretation

7) Itrsquos evident that ldquothe sowerrdquo is one who ldquosows the word of Godrdquo (cf Mark 414)

8) The act of sowing on the part of the sower is representative of the communication of

the word of God

9) There are various sowers of Godrsquos word the Gospel

a) Ultimately God is the sower of His word (Isa 5510-11)

b) In our context Jesus disseminated the Gospel to the multitudes (Luke 418 722

201)

c) Any believer that proclaims the Gospel (Luke 96 Acts 835 2 Tim 45 1 Peter

315)

10) Although there may be a variety of sowers the seed or ldquoword of Godrdquo remains

constant throughout the parable in vv 5-8 and its interpretation in our verses

11) The seed in the parable is depicted as falling on four different soil types ranging from

hard pan to very fertile soil

12) The different soil types primarily represent different volitional responses to the

Gospel by those who hear it

Luke 8

410

13) Additionally the germination of the seed in three of the soil types alludes to varying

degrees of spiritual momentum after an individual accepts the Gospel

14) The compacted lifeless soil beside the road that the seed was unable to penetrate is

identified here as ldquothose who have heardrdquo

15) ldquoThose who have heardrdquo are those who are presented the Gospel and decide to reject

it (-V to the Gospel)

16) The fallout of the decision to reject the Gospel is demonic interference

17) This was represented in the parable through the seed being ldquotrampled under footrdquo and

being consumed by the birds of the airrdquo

18) The plural ldquobirdsrdquo represents Satan and his demonic forces (cf Rev 182)

19) Following the rejection ldquothe devil comes and takes away the word from their heart

so that they may not believe and be savedrdquo

20) ldquoThe devilrdquo is a title for Satan and means ldquothe slandererrdquo (o` diaboloj ho diabolos)

21) He is referred to as ldquothe evil onerdquo and ldquoSatanrdquo respectively in Matthew and Mark

(Matt 1319 Mark 415)

a) ldquoThe evil onerdquo points to his complete moral worthlessness coupled with

maliciousness (o` ponhroj ho poneros- John 1715)

b) ldquoSatanrdquo means ldquoAdversaryrdquo an apt title for the enemy of God and believers

(Satan Satan- 1 Thess 218)

22) He is unrelenting in his opposition to God and His word

23) Here the devil is said to ldquotake away the word from their heartrdquo with the result that

they do not believe the Gospel

24) It is absolutely critical to understand that there is a sequence in view

25) First the Gospel was heard secondly it was summarily rejected by the individual

26) Finally Satan intervenes and blinds the mind of the one who rejects the Gospel (2

Cor 43-4)

27) The process of blinding is described here as ldquotaking away the word from their heartrdquo

28) This cannot occur apart from the rejection of the Gospel by an individual

29) In the workings of the AC God allows members of the human race to decide whether

or not to accept His plan of salvation the Gospel

30) Therefore the devil cannot frustrate anyone from believing the Gospel apart from

their own reticence to accept it

31) The majority of mankind will fail this test of volition these demonstrate -V (Matt

2214)

32) Many are determined to follow their own course in life and have little if any interest

in the plan of God and their inherent need for salvation

Luke 8

411

33) These types persist in ndashV in opposition to Godrsquos plan regardless of what is shown by

whom or in what manner it is presented to them (John 1711-12 cf Luke 613ff-

Judas was present)

34) The -V of an individual at Gospel hearing is essentially an open invitation for satanic

influence

35) In v 13 the seeds that fell on rocky soil represent those who hear and ldquoreceive the

word with joyrdquo

36) Unlike the seed in the compacted soil this seed germinates and begins the process of

new growth

37) Our term ldquoreceiverdquo indicates acceptance with an added nuance of welcoming the

Gospel (decomai dechomai)

38) In their accounts Matthew and Mark use the term ldquoreceiverdquo which means to accept as

true (lambanw lambano)

39) Although different verbs both point to belief in the Gospel

40) Moreover the acceptance is immediate and joyful

41) The germination of the seed portrays a new life in this case spiritual life (cf John 33

Titus 35 1 Peter 13)

42) ldquoJoyrdquo is the experience of happiness or gladness and in this context when one enters

into the plan of God (cara chara- 1 Thess 16)

43) There are of course a great number of reasons to be joyful in regards to accepting the

Gospel

44) Those who accept the Gospel realize the forgiveness of sins and gain eternal life (1

John 212 25 511)

45) God the Holy Spirit plays a pivotal role in the ldquogerminationrdquo process of the Gospel

a) He convicts man regarding sin and the need for a Savior (John 1526 168-9)

b) There are individuals that resist the Holy Spirit and reject the Gospel as seen with

seed that falls by the road (Acts 751 cf Acts 185-6)

c) Once a person accepts the witness of the Holy Spirit regarding Jesus Christ the

Holy Spirit has a number of different ministries that continue to play an essential

role in his spiritual maturation (eg permanent indwelling John 1417 that is the

Spirit of truth whom the world cannot receive because it does not behold Him or

know Him but you know Him because He abides with you and will be in you

instruction in sound doctrine 1 Corinthians 212 Now we have received not the

spirit of the world but the Spirit who is from God that we might know the things

freely given to us by God resisting the influence of the OSN through His filling

Galatians 516-17 But I say walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the

desire of the flesh 17

For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit and the Spirit

Luke 8

412

against the flesh for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do

the things that you please Ephesians 518 And do not get drunk with wine for

that is dissipation but be filled with the Spirit)

46) Saving faith enables one to utilize a myriad of spiritual resources (eg prayer -

Philippians 46-7 Be anxious for nothing but in everything by prayer and

supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God 7 And the

peace of God which surpasses all comprehension shall guard your hearts and your

minds in Christ Jesus the realm of sound doctrine ndash 1 Timothy 46 In pointing out

these things to the brethren you will be a good servant of Christ Jesus constantly

nourished on the words of the faith and of the sound doctrine which you have been

following the local church ndash 1 Tim 315 strengthening via Holy Spirit ndash Eph 316

etc)

47) Despite the joyful acceptance of the Gospel and all the benefits conferred to the

believer the happiness is only temporary and short-lived

48) This is indicated by the phrase ldquofor a timerdquo which points to a limited time

49) The spiritual growth of the believer is severely limited due to an ldquoundeveloped rootrdquo

(ie ldquono rootrdquo)

50) The other Gospel accounts indicate the root wasnrsquot formed ldquoinrdquo the individual (Matt

1321 Mark 417)

51) A root is a metaphor for sound doctrine residing in the soul of the believer

52) As a plantrsquos root is key to continued growth so sound doctrine in the soul is essential

for proper growth in the believer

53) Bible doctrine provides the necessary spiritual nutrients to be healthy and strong in

the CWL (Deut 83 Matt 44)

54) A lack of Bible doctrine results in an inherently weak condition

55) Also without it ldquoin a time of temptationrdquo the believer will ldquofall awayrdquo

56) The word translated ldquotemptationrdquo refers to an enticement to sin but may also refer

generally to hardship or testing in the life of the believer (peirasmoj peirasmos-

James 12 2 Peter 29)

57) This time is described as a period of ldquoaffliction and persecutionrdquo in Matthew and

Mark (Matt 1317 Mark 417)

58) Note that the affliction and persecution arises ldquobecause of the wordrdquo

59) The believer is depicted as coming under distress and oppression because of his faith

60) The end result for he believer that is not rooted by Bible doctrine is spiritual

capitulation

61) Here such a believer is said to ldquofall awayrdquo which carries the nuance of switching

onersquos allegiance in revolt (avfisthmi aphistemi- 1 Tim 41 Heb 312)

Luke 8

413

62) This one no longer follows Godrsquos directive will but their own will by practicing the

ldquodoing what is right in his own eyesrdquo ethos

63) The next soil type is the thorn or weed filled soil

64) The seed which fell among the thorns germinated and grew (Luke 87)

65) This represents those who heard and accepted the Gospel as in the case of the rocky

soil

66) This believer grows and gains some spiritual momentum

67) The implication is that initially the soil was fertile and that the plant developed a root

system unlike the seed in the rocky soil

68) We may then presume that this believer following saving faith was rooted in some

knowledge of Bible doctrine

69) Further the plant that grew in this soil is portrayed as having a greater longevity than

the one that sprouted up on the rocky soil

70) In the rocky soil the spiritual progress made by the believer is only temporary

ultimately due to two primary factors

a) The deficiency of sound doctrine in the soul (ie a lack of spiritual nutrition)

b) The unwillingness to utilize spiritual armor (Rom 1312 Eph 610ff)

71) However the phrase ldquoas they go on their wayrdquo suggests a longer period of spiritual

momentum even including a believerrsquos entire ph 2

72) Although this believer has some initial spiritual momentum the soil was fertile and

the seed grew other factors sprout up that compromise the productivity of the plant

73) An environment that would promote optimum long term plant growth and

productivity is not maintained

74) Note that thorns ldquogrew up withrdquo the plant (sumfuw sumphuo- to grow together in

Luke 87)

75) Clearly this is an undesirable situation as thorns or weeds if not eradicated are

typically invasive and will eventually choke out the plant

76) Such is the case in this soil type where the thorns are not pulled out and left to

flourish

77) The ldquothornsrdquo represent various unmaintained OSN issues in the life of the believer

(akanqa akantha)

78) Eventually these thorns choke out the productivity and spiritual momentum of the

believer

79) Bear in mind it is the believer that fails to control the OSN and instead indulges the

flesh (similar to pre-salvation modus vivendi ndash Eph 23 cf Rom 1314)

80) The verb ldquochokedrdquo is to restrict the growth or well-being of something by pressure

(sumpnigw sumpnigo)

Luke 8

414

81) Here the thorns that choke the believer are referred to as ldquoworries riches and the

pleasures of this liferdquo

82) Our term translated ldquoliferdquo refers to physical life and the various activities associated

with it (ie ph 2 manner of living bioj bios- 1 Tim 22 2 Tim 24)

83) The first thorn Jesus refers to are ldquoworriesrdquo of this life

84) The plural noun ldquoworriesrdquo refers to concerns or worries (merimna merimna)

85) Depending on the context the term may connote care or concern for a legitimate

object (eg Paul for those in his canon- 2 Cor 1128 cf Timothyrsquos concern for the

Philippians with verb- Phil 220 merimnaw merimnao- to care for to be concerned )

86) However in our verse merimna pertains to sinful worry fear and anxiety that

smother the believer in this earthly life

87) In Matthew and Mark this thorn is referred to as ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo (Matt

1322 Mark 419)

a) ldquoWorriesrdquo is merimna as in our verse

b) The noun translated ldquoworldrdquo pertains to a segment of time or age (aivwn aion)

c) The phrase ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo is better translated ldquothe worries of the

present agerdquo

d) As a general principle every age or period has its own worries and concerns based

on different variables

e) Yet the general concern of living out onersquos life in the world is common to all

88) All believers have concerns that relate to our ph 2

89) Some involve a legitimate need but the believer is unwilling to have confidence in

God and faith rest the situation (eg living grace)

90) Yet other concerns and worries are illegitimate and stirred up by the OSN (eg loss

of position ad status- John 1242-43 death- Psa 234 cf Acts 754-58)

91) In any case the worry and anxiety is invasive

92) The believer succumbs to feelings of apprehension or distress

93) As growing believers we are not to be anxious for anything (Phil 46 cf Isa 354)

94) Focus on today in making the appropriate applications in the AC not on what may or

may not happen in the future (Matt 634 cf Mark 1311)

95) In addition to choking our spiritual momentum being consumed with the worries of

this life will sap a believerrsquos happiness and spiritual vigilance (Prov 1225 Luke

2134)

96) The correct approach in dealing with various ldquoworriesrdquo begins with trusting God and

applying His word to the situation (1 Peter 57 cf Psa 625-8 9419 Isa 4110 2

Cor 19)

97) Faith rest is imperative (Heb 116)

Luke 8

415

98) The worries or concerns that may stifle a believerrsquos spiritual progress are

innumerable Some include

a) Concern for self (James 314-16)

b) Business interests career (James 413-17)

c) Family (Matt 1037)

d) Grief (Ruth 11-18)

e) Love for the world (2 Tim 410 1 John 215-16)

f) Relationships not in accordance with Bible doctrine (James 44 cf 1 Kings 111-8

Neh 1323-27)

g) The past (Ex 163 2 Peter 220-22)

h) ldquoAnythingrdquo that inhibits learning sound doctrine (Luke 1038-42)

99) We are to take active steps to ldquoweed outrdquo any anxiety or illegitimate concern in the

CWL

100) The longer this weed is allowed to grow the harder it becomes to control it

101) The 2nd

thorn cited by Jesus is ldquorichesrdquo

102) ldquoRichesrdquo refers to the material wealth of the cosmos (ploutoj ploutos- Rev

1817)

103) This is in contrast to the Divine ldquorichesrdquo that God bestows on the believer in time

(cf Rom 1133 Phil 419 Heb 1126)

104) Simply possessing ldquorichesrdquo isnrsquot an issue per say for the believer

105) Indeed some great believers were very wealthy (2 Chron 111-12 2 Chron 922

3227-29 Job 4210)

106) Scripture directs specific applications for the wealth however the issue relates to

the believerrsquos attitude towards the acquisition of wealth and prosperity (1 Tim 617-

19)

107) The pursuit of riches is foolhardy and inevitably disrupts spiritual momentum (1

Tim 69-10)

108) We are enjoined to flee from the desire for riches and instead pursue that which

conforms to Godrsquos directive will (1 Tim 611)

109) The believer is to vigilantly guard against greed in any form (Luke 1215 1613

Eph 53)

110) In the other synoptic Gospelrsquos our term ldquorichesrdquo is expanded upon being referred

to as ldquothe deceitfulness of richesrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

111) The deception occurs when the believer is seduced into thinking that his happiness

and security in life is dependent upon riches

112) Despite this prevailing attitude towards wealth in the world the believer must

reject it (Psa 234-5 Prov 2724)

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 10: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

408

28) Jesus reveals the consequences of the latter groups disinterest in the ldquokingdom of

Godrdquo saying ldquohellipin order that seeing they may not see and hearing they may not

understandrdquo

29) On this occasion Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah (Isa 69 cf Matt 1314 Mark 412)

30) ldquoIn order thatrdquo in this verse primarily communicates a result

31) Despite being able to see Jesus and hear His teaching a real understanding and

comprehension eluded ldquothe restrdquo

32) This was the result of strictly listening to parables without clarification

33) As a result of ndashV their spiritual perception or comprehension regarding the plan of

God was blunted

34) However the clause also suggests divine purpose in the use of parables Namely to

defy the understanding of those who disregard God

35) In this sense God will obscure His plan from those who like ldquothe restrdquo reject it (Deut

294 Isa 610 4418 John 1240 Rom 118)

36) The parables taught by Jesus were an invitation to enlightenment that was rebuffed

by most

Luke 8

409

Luke 811-15 Now the parable is this the seed is the word of God 12

And those beside

the road are those who have heard then the devil comes and takes away the word from

their heart so that they may not believe and be saved 13

And those on the rocky soil are

those who when they hear receive the word with joy and these have no firm root they

believe for a while and in time of temptation fall away 14

And the seed which fell

among the thorns these are the ones who have heard and as they go on their way they

are choked with worries and riches and pleasures of this life and bring no fruit to

maturity 15

And the seed in the good soil these are the ones who have heard the word in

an honest and good heart and continue holding it fast and continue bearing fruit with

perseverance

Analysis of vv 11-15

1) Jesus provides an explanation of the parable of the sower

2) In Mark He stresses the importance of understanding this parable as it was

foundational to the correct understanding of other parables (Mark 413)

3) He provides a step by step interpretation of the salient elements Namely the seed and

the different types of soil

4) The seed that was sown is identified as ldquothe word of Godrdquo

5) ldquoThe word of Godrdquo specifically refers to the Gospel it is the seed that will potentially

germinate and flourish in the life of individual that hears it (Acts 431 67 Col 15-

6)

6) However ldquothe sowerrdquo isnrsquot identified in this interpretation

7) Itrsquos evident that ldquothe sowerrdquo is one who ldquosows the word of Godrdquo (cf Mark 414)

8) The act of sowing on the part of the sower is representative of the communication of

the word of God

9) There are various sowers of Godrsquos word the Gospel

a) Ultimately God is the sower of His word (Isa 5510-11)

b) In our context Jesus disseminated the Gospel to the multitudes (Luke 418 722

201)

c) Any believer that proclaims the Gospel (Luke 96 Acts 835 2 Tim 45 1 Peter

315)

10) Although there may be a variety of sowers the seed or ldquoword of Godrdquo remains

constant throughout the parable in vv 5-8 and its interpretation in our verses

11) The seed in the parable is depicted as falling on four different soil types ranging from

hard pan to very fertile soil

12) The different soil types primarily represent different volitional responses to the

Gospel by those who hear it

Luke 8

410

13) Additionally the germination of the seed in three of the soil types alludes to varying

degrees of spiritual momentum after an individual accepts the Gospel

14) The compacted lifeless soil beside the road that the seed was unable to penetrate is

identified here as ldquothose who have heardrdquo

15) ldquoThose who have heardrdquo are those who are presented the Gospel and decide to reject

it (-V to the Gospel)

16) The fallout of the decision to reject the Gospel is demonic interference

17) This was represented in the parable through the seed being ldquotrampled under footrdquo and

being consumed by the birds of the airrdquo

18) The plural ldquobirdsrdquo represents Satan and his demonic forces (cf Rev 182)

19) Following the rejection ldquothe devil comes and takes away the word from their heart

so that they may not believe and be savedrdquo

20) ldquoThe devilrdquo is a title for Satan and means ldquothe slandererrdquo (o` diaboloj ho diabolos)

21) He is referred to as ldquothe evil onerdquo and ldquoSatanrdquo respectively in Matthew and Mark

(Matt 1319 Mark 415)

a) ldquoThe evil onerdquo points to his complete moral worthlessness coupled with

maliciousness (o` ponhroj ho poneros- John 1715)

b) ldquoSatanrdquo means ldquoAdversaryrdquo an apt title for the enemy of God and believers

(Satan Satan- 1 Thess 218)

22) He is unrelenting in his opposition to God and His word

23) Here the devil is said to ldquotake away the word from their heartrdquo with the result that

they do not believe the Gospel

24) It is absolutely critical to understand that there is a sequence in view

25) First the Gospel was heard secondly it was summarily rejected by the individual

26) Finally Satan intervenes and blinds the mind of the one who rejects the Gospel (2

Cor 43-4)

27) The process of blinding is described here as ldquotaking away the word from their heartrdquo

28) This cannot occur apart from the rejection of the Gospel by an individual

29) In the workings of the AC God allows members of the human race to decide whether

or not to accept His plan of salvation the Gospel

30) Therefore the devil cannot frustrate anyone from believing the Gospel apart from

their own reticence to accept it

31) The majority of mankind will fail this test of volition these demonstrate -V (Matt

2214)

32) Many are determined to follow their own course in life and have little if any interest

in the plan of God and their inherent need for salvation

Luke 8

411

33) These types persist in ndashV in opposition to Godrsquos plan regardless of what is shown by

whom or in what manner it is presented to them (John 1711-12 cf Luke 613ff-

Judas was present)

34) The -V of an individual at Gospel hearing is essentially an open invitation for satanic

influence

35) In v 13 the seeds that fell on rocky soil represent those who hear and ldquoreceive the

word with joyrdquo

36) Unlike the seed in the compacted soil this seed germinates and begins the process of

new growth

37) Our term ldquoreceiverdquo indicates acceptance with an added nuance of welcoming the

Gospel (decomai dechomai)

38) In their accounts Matthew and Mark use the term ldquoreceiverdquo which means to accept as

true (lambanw lambano)

39) Although different verbs both point to belief in the Gospel

40) Moreover the acceptance is immediate and joyful

41) The germination of the seed portrays a new life in this case spiritual life (cf John 33

Titus 35 1 Peter 13)

42) ldquoJoyrdquo is the experience of happiness or gladness and in this context when one enters

into the plan of God (cara chara- 1 Thess 16)

43) There are of course a great number of reasons to be joyful in regards to accepting the

Gospel

44) Those who accept the Gospel realize the forgiveness of sins and gain eternal life (1

John 212 25 511)

45) God the Holy Spirit plays a pivotal role in the ldquogerminationrdquo process of the Gospel

a) He convicts man regarding sin and the need for a Savior (John 1526 168-9)

b) There are individuals that resist the Holy Spirit and reject the Gospel as seen with

seed that falls by the road (Acts 751 cf Acts 185-6)

c) Once a person accepts the witness of the Holy Spirit regarding Jesus Christ the

Holy Spirit has a number of different ministries that continue to play an essential

role in his spiritual maturation (eg permanent indwelling John 1417 that is the

Spirit of truth whom the world cannot receive because it does not behold Him or

know Him but you know Him because He abides with you and will be in you

instruction in sound doctrine 1 Corinthians 212 Now we have received not the

spirit of the world but the Spirit who is from God that we might know the things

freely given to us by God resisting the influence of the OSN through His filling

Galatians 516-17 But I say walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the

desire of the flesh 17

For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit and the Spirit

Luke 8

412

against the flesh for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do

the things that you please Ephesians 518 And do not get drunk with wine for

that is dissipation but be filled with the Spirit)

46) Saving faith enables one to utilize a myriad of spiritual resources (eg prayer -

Philippians 46-7 Be anxious for nothing but in everything by prayer and

supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God 7 And the

peace of God which surpasses all comprehension shall guard your hearts and your

minds in Christ Jesus the realm of sound doctrine ndash 1 Timothy 46 In pointing out

these things to the brethren you will be a good servant of Christ Jesus constantly

nourished on the words of the faith and of the sound doctrine which you have been

following the local church ndash 1 Tim 315 strengthening via Holy Spirit ndash Eph 316

etc)

47) Despite the joyful acceptance of the Gospel and all the benefits conferred to the

believer the happiness is only temporary and short-lived

48) This is indicated by the phrase ldquofor a timerdquo which points to a limited time

49) The spiritual growth of the believer is severely limited due to an ldquoundeveloped rootrdquo

(ie ldquono rootrdquo)

50) The other Gospel accounts indicate the root wasnrsquot formed ldquoinrdquo the individual (Matt

1321 Mark 417)

51) A root is a metaphor for sound doctrine residing in the soul of the believer

52) As a plantrsquos root is key to continued growth so sound doctrine in the soul is essential

for proper growth in the believer

53) Bible doctrine provides the necessary spiritual nutrients to be healthy and strong in

the CWL (Deut 83 Matt 44)

54) A lack of Bible doctrine results in an inherently weak condition

55) Also without it ldquoin a time of temptationrdquo the believer will ldquofall awayrdquo

56) The word translated ldquotemptationrdquo refers to an enticement to sin but may also refer

generally to hardship or testing in the life of the believer (peirasmoj peirasmos-

James 12 2 Peter 29)

57) This time is described as a period of ldquoaffliction and persecutionrdquo in Matthew and

Mark (Matt 1317 Mark 417)

58) Note that the affliction and persecution arises ldquobecause of the wordrdquo

59) The believer is depicted as coming under distress and oppression because of his faith

60) The end result for he believer that is not rooted by Bible doctrine is spiritual

capitulation

61) Here such a believer is said to ldquofall awayrdquo which carries the nuance of switching

onersquos allegiance in revolt (avfisthmi aphistemi- 1 Tim 41 Heb 312)

Luke 8

413

62) This one no longer follows Godrsquos directive will but their own will by practicing the

ldquodoing what is right in his own eyesrdquo ethos

63) The next soil type is the thorn or weed filled soil

64) The seed which fell among the thorns germinated and grew (Luke 87)

65) This represents those who heard and accepted the Gospel as in the case of the rocky

soil

66) This believer grows and gains some spiritual momentum

67) The implication is that initially the soil was fertile and that the plant developed a root

system unlike the seed in the rocky soil

68) We may then presume that this believer following saving faith was rooted in some

knowledge of Bible doctrine

69) Further the plant that grew in this soil is portrayed as having a greater longevity than

the one that sprouted up on the rocky soil

70) In the rocky soil the spiritual progress made by the believer is only temporary

ultimately due to two primary factors

a) The deficiency of sound doctrine in the soul (ie a lack of spiritual nutrition)

b) The unwillingness to utilize spiritual armor (Rom 1312 Eph 610ff)

71) However the phrase ldquoas they go on their wayrdquo suggests a longer period of spiritual

momentum even including a believerrsquos entire ph 2

72) Although this believer has some initial spiritual momentum the soil was fertile and

the seed grew other factors sprout up that compromise the productivity of the plant

73) An environment that would promote optimum long term plant growth and

productivity is not maintained

74) Note that thorns ldquogrew up withrdquo the plant (sumfuw sumphuo- to grow together in

Luke 87)

75) Clearly this is an undesirable situation as thorns or weeds if not eradicated are

typically invasive and will eventually choke out the plant

76) Such is the case in this soil type where the thorns are not pulled out and left to

flourish

77) The ldquothornsrdquo represent various unmaintained OSN issues in the life of the believer

(akanqa akantha)

78) Eventually these thorns choke out the productivity and spiritual momentum of the

believer

79) Bear in mind it is the believer that fails to control the OSN and instead indulges the

flesh (similar to pre-salvation modus vivendi ndash Eph 23 cf Rom 1314)

80) The verb ldquochokedrdquo is to restrict the growth or well-being of something by pressure

(sumpnigw sumpnigo)

Luke 8

414

81) Here the thorns that choke the believer are referred to as ldquoworries riches and the

pleasures of this liferdquo

82) Our term translated ldquoliferdquo refers to physical life and the various activities associated

with it (ie ph 2 manner of living bioj bios- 1 Tim 22 2 Tim 24)

83) The first thorn Jesus refers to are ldquoworriesrdquo of this life

84) The plural noun ldquoworriesrdquo refers to concerns or worries (merimna merimna)

85) Depending on the context the term may connote care or concern for a legitimate

object (eg Paul for those in his canon- 2 Cor 1128 cf Timothyrsquos concern for the

Philippians with verb- Phil 220 merimnaw merimnao- to care for to be concerned )

86) However in our verse merimna pertains to sinful worry fear and anxiety that

smother the believer in this earthly life

87) In Matthew and Mark this thorn is referred to as ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo (Matt

1322 Mark 419)

a) ldquoWorriesrdquo is merimna as in our verse

b) The noun translated ldquoworldrdquo pertains to a segment of time or age (aivwn aion)

c) The phrase ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo is better translated ldquothe worries of the

present agerdquo

d) As a general principle every age or period has its own worries and concerns based

on different variables

e) Yet the general concern of living out onersquos life in the world is common to all

88) All believers have concerns that relate to our ph 2

89) Some involve a legitimate need but the believer is unwilling to have confidence in

God and faith rest the situation (eg living grace)

90) Yet other concerns and worries are illegitimate and stirred up by the OSN (eg loss

of position ad status- John 1242-43 death- Psa 234 cf Acts 754-58)

91) In any case the worry and anxiety is invasive

92) The believer succumbs to feelings of apprehension or distress

93) As growing believers we are not to be anxious for anything (Phil 46 cf Isa 354)

94) Focus on today in making the appropriate applications in the AC not on what may or

may not happen in the future (Matt 634 cf Mark 1311)

95) In addition to choking our spiritual momentum being consumed with the worries of

this life will sap a believerrsquos happiness and spiritual vigilance (Prov 1225 Luke

2134)

96) The correct approach in dealing with various ldquoworriesrdquo begins with trusting God and

applying His word to the situation (1 Peter 57 cf Psa 625-8 9419 Isa 4110 2

Cor 19)

97) Faith rest is imperative (Heb 116)

Luke 8

415

98) The worries or concerns that may stifle a believerrsquos spiritual progress are

innumerable Some include

a) Concern for self (James 314-16)

b) Business interests career (James 413-17)

c) Family (Matt 1037)

d) Grief (Ruth 11-18)

e) Love for the world (2 Tim 410 1 John 215-16)

f) Relationships not in accordance with Bible doctrine (James 44 cf 1 Kings 111-8

Neh 1323-27)

g) The past (Ex 163 2 Peter 220-22)

h) ldquoAnythingrdquo that inhibits learning sound doctrine (Luke 1038-42)

99) We are to take active steps to ldquoweed outrdquo any anxiety or illegitimate concern in the

CWL

100) The longer this weed is allowed to grow the harder it becomes to control it

101) The 2nd

thorn cited by Jesus is ldquorichesrdquo

102) ldquoRichesrdquo refers to the material wealth of the cosmos (ploutoj ploutos- Rev

1817)

103) This is in contrast to the Divine ldquorichesrdquo that God bestows on the believer in time

(cf Rom 1133 Phil 419 Heb 1126)

104) Simply possessing ldquorichesrdquo isnrsquot an issue per say for the believer

105) Indeed some great believers were very wealthy (2 Chron 111-12 2 Chron 922

3227-29 Job 4210)

106) Scripture directs specific applications for the wealth however the issue relates to

the believerrsquos attitude towards the acquisition of wealth and prosperity (1 Tim 617-

19)

107) The pursuit of riches is foolhardy and inevitably disrupts spiritual momentum (1

Tim 69-10)

108) We are enjoined to flee from the desire for riches and instead pursue that which

conforms to Godrsquos directive will (1 Tim 611)

109) The believer is to vigilantly guard against greed in any form (Luke 1215 1613

Eph 53)

110) In the other synoptic Gospelrsquos our term ldquorichesrdquo is expanded upon being referred

to as ldquothe deceitfulness of richesrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

111) The deception occurs when the believer is seduced into thinking that his happiness

and security in life is dependent upon riches

112) Despite this prevailing attitude towards wealth in the world the believer must

reject it (Psa 234-5 Prov 2724)

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 11: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

409

Luke 811-15 Now the parable is this the seed is the word of God 12

And those beside

the road are those who have heard then the devil comes and takes away the word from

their heart so that they may not believe and be saved 13

And those on the rocky soil are

those who when they hear receive the word with joy and these have no firm root they

believe for a while and in time of temptation fall away 14

And the seed which fell

among the thorns these are the ones who have heard and as they go on their way they

are choked with worries and riches and pleasures of this life and bring no fruit to

maturity 15

And the seed in the good soil these are the ones who have heard the word in

an honest and good heart and continue holding it fast and continue bearing fruit with

perseverance

Analysis of vv 11-15

1) Jesus provides an explanation of the parable of the sower

2) In Mark He stresses the importance of understanding this parable as it was

foundational to the correct understanding of other parables (Mark 413)

3) He provides a step by step interpretation of the salient elements Namely the seed and

the different types of soil

4) The seed that was sown is identified as ldquothe word of Godrdquo

5) ldquoThe word of Godrdquo specifically refers to the Gospel it is the seed that will potentially

germinate and flourish in the life of individual that hears it (Acts 431 67 Col 15-

6)

6) However ldquothe sowerrdquo isnrsquot identified in this interpretation

7) Itrsquos evident that ldquothe sowerrdquo is one who ldquosows the word of Godrdquo (cf Mark 414)

8) The act of sowing on the part of the sower is representative of the communication of

the word of God

9) There are various sowers of Godrsquos word the Gospel

a) Ultimately God is the sower of His word (Isa 5510-11)

b) In our context Jesus disseminated the Gospel to the multitudes (Luke 418 722

201)

c) Any believer that proclaims the Gospel (Luke 96 Acts 835 2 Tim 45 1 Peter

315)

10) Although there may be a variety of sowers the seed or ldquoword of Godrdquo remains

constant throughout the parable in vv 5-8 and its interpretation in our verses

11) The seed in the parable is depicted as falling on four different soil types ranging from

hard pan to very fertile soil

12) The different soil types primarily represent different volitional responses to the

Gospel by those who hear it

Luke 8

410

13) Additionally the germination of the seed in three of the soil types alludes to varying

degrees of spiritual momentum after an individual accepts the Gospel

14) The compacted lifeless soil beside the road that the seed was unable to penetrate is

identified here as ldquothose who have heardrdquo

15) ldquoThose who have heardrdquo are those who are presented the Gospel and decide to reject

it (-V to the Gospel)

16) The fallout of the decision to reject the Gospel is demonic interference

17) This was represented in the parable through the seed being ldquotrampled under footrdquo and

being consumed by the birds of the airrdquo

18) The plural ldquobirdsrdquo represents Satan and his demonic forces (cf Rev 182)

19) Following the rejection ldquothe devil comes and takes away the word from their heart

so that they may not believe and be savedrdquo

20) ldquoThe devilrdquo is a title for Satan and means ldquothe slandererrdquo (o` diaboloj ho diabolos)

21) He is referred to as ldquothe evil onerdquo and ldquoSatanrdquo respectively in Matthew and Mark

(Matt 1319 Mark 415)

a) ldquoThe evil onerdquo points to his complete moral worthlessness coupled with

maliciousness (o` ponhroj ho poneros- John 1715)

b) ldquoSatanrdquo means ldquoAdversaryrdquo an apt title for the enemy of God and believers

(Satan Satan- 1 Thess 218)

22) He is unrelenting in his opposition to God and His word

23) Here the devil is said to ldquotake away the word from their heartrdquo with the result that

they do not believe the Gospel

24) It is absolutely critical to understand that there is a sequence in view

25) First the Gospel was heard secondly it was summarily rejected by the individual

26) Finally Satan intervenes and blinds the mind of the one who rejects the Gospel (2

Cor 43-4)

27) The process of blinding is described here as ldquotaking away the word from their heartrdquo

28) This cannot occur apart from the rejection of the Gospel by an individual

29) In the workings of the AC God allows members of the human race to decide whether

or not to accept His plan of salvation the Gospel

30) Therefore the devil cannot frustrate anyone from believing the Gospel apart from

their own reticence to accept it

31) The majority of mankind will fail this test of volition these demonstrate -V (Matt

2214)

32) Many are determined to follow their own course in life and have little if any interest

in the plan of God and their inherent need for salvation

Luke 8

411

33) These types persist in ndashV in opposition to Godrsquos plan regardless of what is shown by

whom or in what manner it is presented to them (John 1711-12 cf Luke 613ff-

Judas was present)

34) The -V of an individual at Gospel hearing is essentially an open invitation for satanic

influence

35) In v 13 the seeds that fell on rocky soil represent those who hear and ldquoreceive the

word with joyrdquo

36) Unlike the seed in the compacted soil this seed germinates and begins the process of

new growth

37) Our term ldquoreceiverdquo indicates acceptance with an added nuance of welcoming the

Gospel (decomai dechomai)

38) In their accounts Matthew and Mark use the term ldquoreceiverdquo which means to accept as

true (lambanw lambano)

39) Although different verbs both point to belief in the Gospel

40) Moreover the acceptance is immediate and joyful

41) The germination of the seed portrays a new life in this case spiritual life (cf John 33

Titus 35 1 Peter 13)

42) ldquoJoyrdquo is the experience of happiness or gladness and in this context when one enters

into the plan of God (cara chara- 1 Thess 16)

43) There are of course a great number of reasons to be joyful in regards to accepting the

Gospel

44) Those who accept the Gospel realize the forgiveness of sins and gain eternal life (1

John 212 25 511)

45) God the Holy Spirit plays a pivotal role in the ldquogerminationrdquo process of the Gospel

a) He convicts man regarding sin and the need for a Savior (John 1526 168-9)

b) There are individuals that resist the Holy Spirit and reject the Gospel as seen with

seed that falls by the road (Acts 751 cf Acts 185-6)

c) Once a person accepts the witness of the Holy Spirit regarding Jesus Christ the

Holy Spirit has a number of different ministries that continue to play an essential

role in his spiritual maturation (eg permanent indwelling John 1417 that is the

Spirit of truth whom the world cannot receive because it does not behold Him or

know Him but you know Him because He abides with you and will be in you

instruction in sound doctrine 1 Corinthians 212 Now we have received not the

spirit of the world but the Spirit who is from God that we might know the things

freely given to us by God resisting the influence of the OSN through His filling

Galatians 516-17 But I say walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the

desire of the flesh 17

For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit and the Spirit

Luke 8

412

against the flesh for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do

the things that you please Ephesians 518 And do not get drunk with wine for

that is dissipation but be filled with the Spirit)

46) Saving faith enables one to utilize a myriad of spiritual resources (eg prayer -

Philippians 46-7 Be anxious for nothing but in everything by prayer and

supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God 7 And the

peace of God which surpasses all comprehension shall guard your hearts and your

minds in Christ Jesus the realm of sound doctrine ndash 1 Timothy 46 In pointing out

these things to the brethren you will be a good servant of Christ Jesus constantly

nourished on the words of the faith and of the sound doctrine which you have been

following the local church ndash 1 Tim 315 strengthening via Holy Spirit ndash Eph 316

etc)

47) Despite the joyful acceptance of the Gospel and all the benefits conferred to the

believer the happiness is only temporary and short-lived

48) This is indicated by the phrase ldquofor a timerdquo which points to a limited time

49) The spiritual growth of the believer is severely limited due to an ldquoundeveloped rootrdquo

(ie ldquono rootrdquo)

50) The other Gospel accounts indicate the root wasnrsquot formed ldquoinrdquo the individual (Matt

1321 Mark 417)

51) A root is a metaphor for sound doctrine residing in the soul of the believer

52) As a plantrsquos root is key to continued growth so sound doctrine in the soul is essential

for proper growth in the believer

53) Bible doctrine provides the necessary spiritual nutrients to be healthy and strong in

the CWL (Deut 83 Matt 44)

54) A lack of Bible doctrine results in an inherently weak condition

55) Also without it ldquoin a time of temptationrdquo the believer will ldquofall awayrdquo

56) The word translated ldquotemptationrdquo refers to an enticement to sin but may also refer

generally to hardship or testing in the life of the believer (peirasmoj peirasmos-

James 12 2 Peter 29)

57) This time is described as a period of ldquoaffliction and persecutionrdquo in Matthew and

Mark (Matt 1317 Mark 417)

58) Note that the affliction and persecution arises ldquobecause of the wordrdquo

59) The believer is depicted as coming under distress and oppression because of his faith

60) The end result for he believer that is not rooted by Bible doctrine is spiritual

capitulation

61) Here such a believer is said to ldquofall awayrdquo which carries the nuance of switching

onersquos allegiance in revolt (avfisthmi aphistemi- 1 Tim 41 Heb 312)

Luke 8

413

62) This one no longer follows Godrsquos directive will but their own will by practicing the

ldquodoing what is right in his own eyesrdquo ethos

63) The next soil type is the thorn or weed filled soil

64) The seed which fell among the thorns germinated and grew (Luke 87)

65) This represents those who heard and accepted the Gospel as in the case of the rocky

soil

66) This believer grows and gains some spiritual momentum

67) The implication is that initially the soil was fertile and that the plant developed a root

system unlike the seed in the rocky soil

68) We may then presume that this believer following saving faith was rooted in some

knowledge of Bible doctrine

69) Further the plant that grew in this soil is portrayed as having a greater longevity than

the one that sprouted up on the rocky soil

70) In the rocky soil the spiritual progress made by the believer is only temporary

ultimately due to two primary factors

a) The deficiency of sound doctrine in the soul (ie a lack of spiritual nutrition)

b) The unwillingness to utilize spiritual armor (Rom 1312 Eph 610ff)

71) However the phrase ldquoas they go on their wayrdquo suggests a longer period of spiritual

momentum even including a believerrsquos entire ph 2

72) Although this believer has some initial spiritual momentum the soil was fertile and

the seed grew other factors sprout up that compromise the productivity of the plant

73) An environment that would promote optimum long term plant growth and

productivity is not maintained

74) Note that thorns ldquogrew up withrdquo the plant (sumfuw sumphuo- to grow together in

Luke 87)

75) Clearly this is an undesirable situation as thorns or weeds if not eradicated are

typically invasive and will eventually choke out the plant

76) Such is the case in this soil type where the thorns are not pulled out and left to

flourish

77) The ldquothornsrdquo represent various unmaintained OSN issues in the life of the believer

(akanqa akantha)

78) Eventually these thorns choke out the productivity and spiritual momentum of the

believer

79) Bear in mind it is the believer that fails to control the OSN and instead indulges the

flesh (similar to pre-salvation modus vivendi ndash Eph 23 cf Rom 1314)

80) The verb ldquochokedrdquo is to restrict the growth or well-being of something by pressure

(sumpnigw sumpnigo)

Luke 8

414

81) Here the thorns that choke the believer are referred to as ldquoworries riches and the

pleasures of this liferdquo

82) Our term translated ldquoliferdquo refers to physical life and the various activities associated

with it (ie ph 2 manner of living bioj bios- 1 Tim 22 2 Tim 24)

83) The first thorn Jesus refers to are ldquoworriesrdquo of this life

84) The plural noun ldquoworriesrdquo refers to concerns or worries (merimna merimna)

85) Depending on the context the term may connote care or concern for a legitimate

object (eg Paul for those in his canon- 2 Cor 1128 cf Timothyrsquos concern for the

Philippians with verb- Phil 220 merimnaw merimnao- to care for to be concerned )

86) However in our verse merimna pertains to sinful worry fear and anxiety that

smother the believer in this earthly life

87) In Matthew and Mark this thorn is referred to as ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo (Matt

1322 Mark 419)

a) ldquoWorriesrdquo is merimna as in our verse

b) The noun translated ldquoworldrdquo pertains to a segment of time or age (aivwn aion)

c) The phrase ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo is better translated ldquothe worries of the

present agerdquo

d) As a general principle every age or period has its own worries and concerns based

on different variables

e) Yet the general concern of living out onersquos life in the world is common to all

88) All believers have concerns that relate to our ph 2

89) Some involve a legitimate need but the believer is unwilling to have confidence in

God and faith rest the situation (eg living grace)

90) Yet other concerns and worries are illegitimate and stirred up by the OSN (eg loss

of position ad status- John 1242-43 death- Psa 234 cf Acts 754-58)

91) In any case the worry and anxiety is invasive

92) The believer succumbs to feelings of apprehension or distress

93) As growing believers we are not to be anxious for anything (Phil 46 cf Isa 354)

94) Focus on today in making the appropriate applications in the AC not on what may or

may not happen in the future (Matt 634 cf Mark 1311)

95) In addition to choking our spiritual momentum being consumed with the worries of

this life will sap a believerrsquos happiness and spiritual vigilance (Prov 1225 Luke

2134)

96) The correct approach in dealing with various ldquoworriesrdquo begins with trusting God and

applying His word to the situation (1 Peter 57 cf Psa 625-8 9419 Isa 4110 2

Cor 19)

97) Faith rest is imperative (Heb 116)

Luke 8

415

98) The worries or concerns that may stifle a believerrsquos spiritual progress are

innumerable Some include

a) Concern for self (James 314-16)

b) Business interests career (James 413-17)

c) Family (Matt 1037)

d) Grief (Ruth 11-18)

e) Love for the world (2 Tim 410 1 John 215-16)

f) Relationships not in accordance with Bible doctrine (James 44 cf 1 Kings 111-8

Neh 1323-27)

g) The past (Ex 163 2 Peter 220-22)

h) ldquoAnythingrdquo that inhibits learning sound doctrine (Luke 1038-42)

99) We are to take active steps to ldquoweed outrdquo any anxiety or illegitimate concern in the

CWL

100) The longer this weed is allowed to grow the harder it becomes to control it

101) The 2nd

thorn cited by Jesus is ldquorichesrdquo

102) ldquoRichesrdquo refers to the material wealth of the cosmos (ploutoj ploutos- Rev

1817)

103) This is in contrast to the Divine ldquorichesrdquo that God bestows on the believer in time

(cf Rom 1133 Phil 419 Heb 1126)

104) Simply possessing ldquorichesrdquo isnrsquot an issue per say for the believer

105) Indeed some great believers were very wealthy (2 Chron 111-12 2 Chron 922

3227-29 Job 4210)

106) Scripture directs specific applications for the wealth however the issue relates to

the believerrsquos attitude towards the acquisition of wealth and prosperity (1 Tim 617-

19)

107) The pursuit of riches is foolhardy and inevitably disrupts spiritual momentum (1

Tim 69-10)

108) We are enjoined to flee from the desire for riches and instead pursue that which

conforms to Godrsquos directive will (1 Tim 611)

109) The believer is to vigilantly guard against greed in any form (Luke 1215 1613

Eph 53)

110) In the other synoptic Gospelrsquos our term ldquorichesrdquo is expanded upon being referred

to as ldquothe deceitfulness of richesrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

111) The deception occurs when the believer is seduced into thinking that his happiness

and security in life is dependent upon riches

112) Despite this prevailing attitude towards wealth in the world the believer must

reject it (Psa 234-5 Prov 2724)

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 12: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

410

13) Additionally the germination of the seed in three of the soil types alludes to varying

degrees of spiritual momentum after an individual accepts the Gospel

14) The compacted lifeless soil beside the road that the seed was unable to penetrate is

identified here as ldquothose who have heardrdquo

15) ldquoThose who have heardrdquo are those who are presented the Gospel and decide to reject

it (-V to the Gospel)

16) The fallout of the decision to reject the Gospel is demonic interference

17) This was represented in the parable through the seed being ldquotrampled under footrdquo and

being consumed by the birds of the airrdquo

18) The plural ldquobirdsrdquo represents Satan and his demonic forces (cf Rev 182)

19) Following the rejection ldquothe devil comes and takes away the word from their heart

so that they may not believe and be savedrdquo

20) ldquoThe devilrdquo is a title for Satan and means ldquothe slandererrdquo (o` diaboloj ho diabolos)

21) He is referred to as ldquothe evil onerdquo and ldquoSatanrdquo respectively in Matthew and Mark

(Matt 1319 Mark 415)

a) ldquoThe evil onerdquo points to his complete moral worthlessness coupled with

maliciousness (o` ponhroj ho poneros- John 1715)

b) ldquoSatanrdquo means ldquoAdversaryrdquo an apt title for the enemy of God and believers

(Satan Satan- 1 Thess 218)

22) He is unrelenting in his opposition to God and His word

23) Here the devil is said to ldquotake away the word from their heartrdquo with the result that

they do not believe the Gospel

24) It is absolutely critical to understand that there is a sequence in view

25) First the Gospel was heard secondly it was summarily rejected by the individual

26) Finally Satan intervenes and blinds the mind of the one who rejects the Gospel (2

Cor 43-4)

27) The process of blinding is described here as ldquotaking away the word from their heartrdquo

28) This cannot occur apart from the rejection of the Gospel by an individual

29) In the workings of the AC God allows members of the human race to decide whether

or not to accept His plan of salvation the Gospel

30) Therefore the devil cannot frustrate anyone from believing the Gospel apart from

their own reticence to accept it

31) The majority of mankind will fail this test of volition these demonstrate -V (Matt

2214)

32) Many are determined to follow their own course in life and have little if any interest

in the plan of God and their inherent need for salvation

Luke 8

411

33) These types persist in ndashV in opposition to Godrsquos plan regardless of what is shown by

whom or in what manner it is presented to them (John 1711-12 cf Luke 613ff-

Judas was present)

34) The -V of an individual at Gospel hearing is essentially an open invitation for satanic

influence

35) In v 13 the seeds that fell on rocky soil represent those who hear and ldquoreceive the

word with joyrdquo

36) Unlike the seed in the compacted soil this seed germinates and begins the process of

new growth

37) Our term ldquoreceiverdquo indicates acceptance with an added nuance of welcoming the

Gospel (decomai dechomai)

38) In their accounts Matthew and Mark use the term ldquoreceiverdquo which means to accept as

true (lambanw lambano)

39) Although different verbs both point to belief in the Gospel

40) Moreover the acceptance is immediate and joyful

41) The germination of the seed portrays a new life in this case spiritual life (cf John 33

Titus 35 1 Peter 13)

42) ldquoJoyrdquo is the experience of happiness or gladness and in this context when one enters

into the plan of God (cara chara- 1 Thess 16)

43) There are of course a great number of reasons to be joyful in regards to accepting the

Gospel

44) Those who accept the Gospel realize the forgiveness of sins and gain eternal life (1

John 212 25 511)

45) God the Holy Spirit plays a pivotal role in the ldquogerminationrdquo process of the Gospel

a) He convicts man regarding sin and the need for a Savior (John 1526 168-9)

b) There are individuals that resist the Holy Spirit and reject the Gospel as seen with

seed that falls by the road (Acts 751 cf Acts 185-6)

c) Once a person accepts the witness of the Holy Spirit regarding Jesus Christ the

Holy Spirit has a number of different ministries that continue to play an essential

role in his spiritual maturation (eg permanent indwelling John 1417 that is the

Spirit of truth whom the world cannot receive because it does not behold Him or

know Him but you know Him because He abides with you and will be in you

instruction in sound doctrine 1 Corinthians 212 Now we have received not the

spirit of the world but the Spirit who is from God that we might know the things

freely given to us by God resisting the influence of the OSN through His filling

Galatians 516-17 But I say walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the

desire of the flesh 17

For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit and the Spirit

Luke 8

412

against the flesh for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do

the things that you please Ephesians 518 And do not get drunk with wine for

that is dissipation but be filled with the Spirit)

46) Saving faith enables one to utilize a myriad of spiritual resources (eg prayer -

Philippians 46-7 Be anxious for nothing but in everything by prayer and

supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God 7 And the

peace of God which surpasses all comprehension shall guard your hearts and your

minds in Christ Jesus the realm of sound doctrine ndash 1 Timothy 46 In pointing out

these things to the brethren you will be a good servant of Christ Jesus constantly

nourished on the words of the faith and of the sound doctrine which you have been

following the local church ndash 1 Tim 315 strengthening via Holy Spirit ndash Eph 316

etc)

47) Despite the joyful acceptance of the Gospel and all the benefits conferred to the

believer the happiness is only temporary and short-lived

48) This is indicated by the phrase ldquofor a timerdquo which points to a limited time

49) The spiritual growth of the believer is severely limited due to an ldquoundeveloped rootrdquo

(ie ldquono rootrdquo)

50) The other Gospel accounts indicate the root wasnrsquot formed ldquoinrdquo the individual (Matt

1321 Mark 417)

51) A root is a metaphor for sound doctrine residing in the soul of the believer

52) As a plantrsquos root is key to continued growth so sound doctrine in the soul is essential

for proper growth in the believer

53) Bible doctrine provides the necessary spiritual nutrients to be healthy and strong in

the CWL (Deut 83 Matt 44)

54) A lack of Bible doctrine results in an inherently weak condition

55) Also without it ldquoin a time of temptationrdquo the believer will ldquofall awayrdquo

56) The word translated ldquotemptationrdquo refers to an enticement to sin but may also refer

generally to hardship or testing in the life of the believer (peirasmoj peirasmos-

James 12 2 Peter 29)

57) This time is described as a period of ldquoaffliction and persecutionrdquo in Matthew and

Mark (Matt 1317 Mark 417)

58) Note that the affliction and persecution arises ldquobecause of the wordrdquo

59) The believer is depicted as coming under distress and oppression because of his faith

60) The end result for he believer that is not rooted by Bible doctrine is spiritual

capitulation

61) Here such a believer is said to ldquofall awayrdquo which carries the nuance of switching

onersquos allegiance in revolt (avfisthmi aphistemi- 1 Tim 41 Heb 312)

Luke 8

413

62) This one no longer follows Godrsquos directive will but their own will by practicing the

ldquodoing what is right in his own eyesrdquo ethos

63) The next soil type is the thorn or weed filled soil

64) The seed which fell among the thorns germinated and grew (Luke 87)

65) This represents those who heard and accepted the Gospel as in the case of the rocky

soil

66) This believer grows and gains some spiritual momentum

67) The implication is that initially the soil was fertile and that the plant developed a root

system unlike the seed in the rocky soil

68) We may then presume that this believer following saving faith was rooted in some

knowledge of Bible doctrine

69) Further the plant that grew in this soil is portrayed as having a greater longevity than

the one that sprouted up on the rocky soil

70) In the rocky soil the spiritual progress made by the believer is only temporary

ultimately due to two primary factors

a) The deficiency of sound doctrine in the soul (ie a lack of spiritual nutrition)

b) The unwillingness to utilize spiritual armor (Rom 1312 Eph 610ff)

71) However the phrase ldquoas they go on their wayrdquo suggests a longer period of spiritual

momentum even including a believerrsquos entire ph 2

72) Although this believer has some initial spiritual momentum the soil was fertile and

the seed grew other factors sprout up that compromise the productivity of the plant

73) An environment that would promote optimum long term plant growth and

productivity is not maintained

74) Note that thorns ldquogrew up withrdquo the plant (sumfuw sumphuo- to grow together in

Luke 87)

75) Clearly this is an undesirable situation as thorns or weeds if not eradicated are

typically invasive and will eventually choke out the plant

76) Such is the case in this soil type where the thorns are not pulled out and left to

flourish

77) The ldquothornsrdquo represent various unmaintained OSN issues in the life of the believer

(akanqa akantha)

78) Eventually these thorns choke out the productivity and spiritual momentum of the

believer

79) Bear in mind it is the believer that fails to control the OSN and instead indulges the

flesh (similar to pre-salvation modus vivendi ndash Eph 23 cf Rom 1314)

80) The verb ldquochokedrdquo is to restrict the growth or well-being of something by pressure

(sumpnigw sumpnigo)

Luke 8

414

81) Here the thorns that choke the believer are referred to as ldquoworries riches and the

pleasures of this liferdquo

82) Our term translated ldquoliferdquo refers to physical life and the various activities associated

with it (ie ph 2 manner of living bioj bios- 1 Tim 22 2 Tim 24)

83) The first thorn Jesus refers to are ldquoworriesrdquo of this life

84) The plural noun ldquoworriesrdquo refers to concerns or worries (merimna merimna)

85) Depending on the context the term may connote care or concern for a legitimate

object (eg Paul for those in his canon- 2 Cor 1128 cf Timothyrsquos concern for the

Philippians with verb- Phil 220 merimnaw merimnao- to care for to be concerned )

86) However in our verse merimna pertains to sinful worry fear and anxiety that

smother the believer in this earthly life

87) In Matthew and Mark this thorn is referred to as ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo (Matt

1322 Mark 419)

a) ldquoWorriesrdquo is merimna as in our verse

b) The noun translated ldquoworldrdquo pertains to a segment of time or age (aivwn aion)

c) The phrase ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo is better translated ldquothe worries of the

present agerdquo

d) As a general principle every age or period has its own worries and concerns based

on different variables

e) Yet the general concern of living out onersquos life in the world is common to all

88) All believers have concerns that relate to our ph 2

89) Some involve a legitimate need but the believer is unwilling to have confidence in

God and faith rest the situation (eg living grace)

90) Yet other concerns and worries are illegitimate and stirred up by the OSN (eg loss

of position ad status- John 1242-43 death- Psa 234 cf Acts 754-58)

91) In any case the worry and anxiety is invasive

92) The believer succumbs to feelings of apprehension or distress

93) As growing believers we are not to be anxious for anything (Phil 46 cf Isa 354)

94) Focus on today in making the appropriate applications in the AC not on what may or

may not happen in the future (Matt 634 cf Mark 1311)

95) In addition to choking our spiritual momentum being consumed with the worries of

this life will sap a believerrsquos happiness and spiritual vigilance (Prov 1225 Luke

2134)

96) The correct approach in dealing with various ldquoworriesrdquo begins with trusting God and

applying His word to the situation (1 Peter 57 cf Psa 625-8 9419 Isa 4110 2

Cor 19)

97) Faith rest is imperative (Heb 116)

Luke 8

415

98) The worries or concerns that may stifle a believerrsquos spiritual progress are

innumerable Some include

a) Concern for self (James 314-16)

b) Business interests career (James 413-17)

c) Family (Matt 1037)

d) Grief (Ruth 11-18)

e) Love for the world (2 Tim 410 1 John 215-16)

f) Relationships not in accordance with Bible doctrine (James 44 cf 1 Kings 111-8

Neh 1323-27)

g) The past (Ex 163 2 Peter 220-22)

h) ldquoAnythingrdquo that inhibits learning sound doctrine (Luke 1038-42)

99) We are to take active steps to ldquoweed outrdquo any anxiety or illegitimate concern in the

CWL

100) The longer this weed is allowed to grow the harder it becomes to control it

101) The 2nd

thorn cited by Jesus is ldquorichesrdquo

102) ldquoRichesrdquo refers to the material wealth of the cosmos (ploutoj ploutos- Rev

1817)

103) This is in contrast to the Divine ldquorichesrdquo that God bestows on the believer in time

(cf Rom 1133 Phil 419 Heb 1126)

104) Simply possessing ldquorichesrdquo isnrsquot an issue per say for the believer

105) Indeed some great believers were very wealthy (2 Chron 111-12 2 Chron 922

3227-29 Job 4210)

106) Scripture directs specific applications for the wealth however the issue relates to

the believerrsquos attitude towards the acquisition of wealth and prosperity (1 Tim 617-

19)

107) The pursuit of riches is foolhardy and inevitably disrupts spiritual momentum (1

Tim 69-10)

108) We are enjoined to flee from the desire for riches and instead pursue that which

conforms to Godrsquos directive will (1 Tim 611)

109) The believer is to vigilantly guard against greed in any form (Luke 1215 1613

Eph 53)

110) In the other synoptic Gospelrsquos our term ldquorichesrdquo is expanded upon being referred

to as ldquothe deceitfulness of richesrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

111) The deception occurs when the believer is seduced into thinking that his happiness

and security in life is dependent upon riches

112) Despite this prevailing attitude towards wealth in the world the believer must

reject it (Psa 234-5 Prov 2724)

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 13: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

411

33) These types persist in ndashV in opposition to Godrsquos plan regardless of what is shown by

whom or in what manner it is presented to them (John 1711-12 cf Luke 613ff-

Judas was present)

34) The -V of an individual at Gospel hearing is essentially an open invitation for satanic

influence

35) In v 13 the seeds that fell on rocky soil represent those who hear and ldquoreceive the

word with joyrdquo

36) Unlike the seed in the compacted soil this seed germinates and begins the process of

new growth

37) Our term ldquoreceiverdquo indicates acceptance with an added nuance of welcoming the

Gospel (decomai dechomai)

38) In their accounts Matthew and Mark use the term ldquoreceiverdquo which means to accept as

true (lambanw lambano)

39) Although different verbs both point to belief in the Gospel

40) Moreover the acceptance is immediate and joyful

41) The germination of the seed portrays a new life in this case spiritual life (cf John 33

Titus 35 1 Peter 13)

42) ldquoJoyrdquo is the experience of happiness or gladness and in this context when one enters

into the plan of God (cara chara- 1 Thess 16)

43) There are of course a great number of reasons to be joyful in regards to accepting the

Gospel

44) Those who accept the Gospel realize the forgiveness of sins and gain eternal life (1

John 212 25 511)

45) God the Holy Spirit plays a pivotal role in the ldquogerminationrdquo process of the Gospel

a) He convicts man regarding sin and the need for a Savior (John 1526 168-9)

b) There are individuals that resist the Holy Spirit and reject the Gospel as seen with

seed that falls by the road (Acts 751 cf Acts 185-6)

c) Once a person accepts the witness of the Holy Spirit regarding Jesus Christ the

Holy Spirit has a number of different ministries that continue to play an essential

role in his spiritual maturation (eg permanent indwelling John 1417 that is the

Spirit of truth whom the world cannot receive because it does not behold Him or

know Him but you know Him because He abides with you and will be in you

instruction in sound doctrine 1 Corinthians 212 Now we have received not the

spirit of the world but the Spirit who is from God that we might know the things

freely given to us by God resisting the influence of the OSN through His filling

Galatians 516-17 But I say walk by the Spirit and you will not carry out the

desire of the flesh 17

For the flesh sets its desire against the Spirit and the Spirit

Luke 8

412

against the flesh for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do

the things that you please Ephesians 518 And do not get drunk with wine for

that is dissipation but be filled with the Spirit)

46) Saving faith enables one to utilize a myriad of spiritual resources (eg prayer -

Philippians 46-7 Be anxious for nothing but in everything by prayer and

supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God 7 And the

peace of God which surpasses all comprehension shall guard your hearts and your

minds in Christ Jesus the realm of sound doctrine ndash 1 Timothy 46 In pointing out

these things to the brethren you will be a good servant of Christ Jesus constantly

nourished on the words of the faith and of the sound doctrine which you have been

following the local church ndash 1 Tim 315 strengthening via Holy Spirit ndash Eph 316

etc)

47) Despite the joyful acceptance of the Gospel and all the benefits conferred to the

believer the happiness is only temporary and short-lived

48) This is indicated by the phrase ldquofor a timerdquo which points to a limited time

49) The spiritual growth of the believer is severely limited due to an ldquoundeveloped rootrdquo

(ie ldquono rootrdquo)

50) The other Gospel accounts indicate the root wasnrsquot formed ldquoinrdquo the individual (Matt

1321 Mark 417)

51) A root is a metaphor for sound doctrine residing in the soul of the believer

52) As a plantrsquos root is key to continued growth so sound doctrine in the soul is essential

for proper growth in the believer

53) Bible doctrine provides the necessary spiritual nutrients to be healthy and strong in

the CWL (Deut 83 Matt 44)

54) A lack of Bible doctrine results in an inherently weak condition

55) Also without it ldquoin a time of temptationrdquo the believer will ldquofall awayrdquo

56) The word translated ldquotemptationrdquo refers to an enticement to sin but may also refer

generally to hardship or testing in the life of the believer (peirasmoj peirasmos-

James 12 2 Peter 29)

57) This time is described as a period of ldquoaffliction and persecutionrdquo in Matthew and

Mark (Matt 1317 Mark 417)

58) Note that the affliction and persecution arises ldquobecause of the wordrdquo

59) The believer is depicted as coming under distress and oppression because of his faith

60) The end result for he believer that is not rooted by Bible doctrine is spiritual

capitulation

61) Here such a believer is said to ldquofall awayrdquo which carries the nuance of switching

onersquos allegiance in revolt (avfisthmi aphistemi- 1 Tim 41 Heb 312)

Luke 8

413

62) This one no longer follows Godrsquos directive will but their own will by practicing the

ldquodoing what is right in his own eyesrdquo ethos

63) The next soil type is the thorn or weed filled soil

64) The seed which fell among the thorns germinated and grew (Luke 87)

65) This represents those who heard and accepted the Gospel as in the case of the rocky

soil

66) This believer grows and gains some spiritual momentum

67) The implication is that initially the soil was fertile and that the plant developed a root

system unlike the seed in the rocky soil

68) We may then presume that this believer following saving faith was rooted in some

knowledge of Bible doctrine

69) Further the plant that grew in this soil is portrayed as having a greater longevity than

the one that sprouted up on the rocky soil

70) In the rocky soil the spiritual progress made by the believer is only temporary

ultimately due to two primary factors

a) The deficiency of sound doctrine in the soul (ie a lack of spiritual nutrition)

b) The unwillingness to utilize spiritual armor (Rom 1312 Eph 610ff)

71) However the phrase ldquoas they go on their wayrdquo suggests a longer period of spiritual

momentum even including a believerrsquos entire ph 2

72) Although this believer has some initial spiritual momentum the soil was fertile and

the seed grew other factors sprout up that compromise the productivity of the plant

73) An environment that would promote optimum long term plant growth and

productivity is not maintained

74) Note that thorns ldquogrew up withrdquo the plant (sumfuw sumphuo- to grow together in

Luke 87)

75) Clearly this is an undesirable situation as thorns or weeds if not eradicated are

typically invasive and will eventually choke out the plant

76) Such is the case in this soil type where the thorns are not pulled out and left to

flourish

77) The ldquothornsrdquo represent various unmaintained OSN issues in the life of the believer

(akanqa akantha)

78) Eventually these thorns choke out the productivity and spiritual momentum of the

believer

79) Bear in mind it is the believer that fails to control the OSN and instead indulges the

flesh (similar to pre-salvation modus vivendi ndash Eph 23 cf Rom 1314)

80) The verb ldquochokedrdquo is to restrict the growth or well-being of something by pressure

(sumpnigw sumpnigo)

Luke 8

414

81) Here the thorns that choke the believer are referred to as ldquoworries riches and the

pleasures of this liferdquo

82) Our term translated ldquoliferdquo refers to physical life and the various activities associated

with it (ie ph 2 manner of living bioj bios- 1 Tim 22 2 Tim 24)

83) The first thorn Jesus refers to are ldquoworriesrdquo of this life

84) The plural noun ldquoworriesrdquo refers to concerns or worries (merimna merimna)

85) Depending on the context the term may connote care or concern for a legitimate

object (eg Paul for those in his canon- 2 Cor 1128 cf Timothyrsquos concern for the

Philippians with verb- Phil 220 merimnaw merimnao- to care for to be concerned )

86) However in our verse merimna pertains to sinful worry fear and anxiety that

smother the believer in this earthly life

87) In Matthew and Mark this thorn is referred to as ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo (Matt

1322 Mark 419)

a) ldquoWorriesrdquo is merimna as in our verse

b) The noun translated ldquoworldrdquo pertains to a segment of time or age (aivwn aion)

c) The phrase ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo is better translated ldquothe worries of the

present agerdquo

d) As a general principle every age or period has its own worries and concerns based

on different variables

e) Yet the general concern of living out onersquos life in the world is common to all

88) All believers have concerns that relate to our ph 2

89) Some involve a legitimate need but the believer is unwilling to have confidence in

God and faith rest the situation (eg living grace)

90) Yet other concerns and worries are illegitimate and stirred up by the OSN (eg loss

of position ad status- John 1242-43 death- Psa 234 cf Acts 754-58)

91) In any case the worry and anxiety is invasive

92) The believer succumbs to feelings of apprehension or distress

93) As growing believers we are not to be anxious for anything (Phil 46 cf Isa 354)

94) Focus on today in making the appropriate applications in the AC not on what may or

may not happen in the future (Matt 634 cf Mark 1311)

95) In addition to choking our spiritual momentum being consumed with the worries of

this life will sap a believerrsquos happiness and spiritual vigilance (Prov 1225 Luke

2134)

96) The correct approach in dealing with various ldquoworriesrdquo begins with trusting God and

applying His word to the situation (1 Peter 57 cf Psa 625-8 9419 Isa 4110 2

Cor 19)

97) Faith rest is imperative (Heb 116)

Luke 8

415

98) The worries or concerns that may stifle a believerrsquos spiritual progress are

innumerable Some include

a) Concern for self (James 314-16)

b) Business interests career (James 413-17)

c) Family (Matt 1037)

d) Grief (Ruth 11-18)

e) Love for the world (2 Tim 410 1 John 215-16)

f) Relationships not in accordance with Bible doctrine (James 44 cf 1 Kings 111-8

Neh 1323-27)

g) The past (Ex 163 2 Peter 220-22)

h) ldquoAnythingrdquo that inhibits learning sound doctrine (Luke 1038-42)

99) We are to take active steps to ldquoweed outrdquo any anxiety or illegitimate concern in the

CWL

100) The longer this weed is allowed to grow the harder it becomes to control it

101) The 2nd

thorn cited by Jesus is ldquorichesrdquo

102) ldquoRichesrdquo refers to the material wealth of the cosmos (ploutoj ploutos- Rev

1817)

103) This is in contrast to the Divine ldquorichesrdquo that God bestows on the believer in time

(cf Rom 1133 Phil 419 Heb 1126)

104) Simply possessing ldquorichesrdquo isnrsquot an issue per say for the believer

105) Indeed some great believers were very wealthy (2 Chron 111-12 2 Chron 922

3227-29 Job 4210)

106) Scripture directs specific applications for the wealth however the issue relates to

the believerrsquos attitude towards the acquisition of wealth and prosperity (1 Tim 617-

19)

107) The pursuit of riches is foolhardy and inevitably disrupts spiritual momentum (1

Tim 69-10)

108) We are enjoined to flee from the desire for riches and instead pursue that which

conforms to Godrsquos directive will (1 Tim 611)

109) The believer is to vigilantly guard against greed in any form (Luke 1215 1613

Eph 53)

110) In the other synoptic Gospelrsquos our term ldquorichesrdquo is expanded upon being referred

to as ldquothe deceitfulness of richesrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

111) The deception occurs when the believer is seduced into thinking that his happiness

and security in life is dependent upon riches

112) Despite this prevailing attitude towards wealth in the world the believer must

reject it (Psa 234-5 Prov 2724)

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 14: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

412

against the flesh for these are in opposition to one another so that you may not do

the things that you please Ephesians 518 And do not get drunk with wine for

that is dissipation but be filled with the Spirit)

46) Saving faith enables one to utilize a myriad of spiritual resources (eg prayer -

Philippians 46-7 Be anxious for nothing but in everything by prayer and

supplication with thanksgiving let your requests be made known to God 7 And the

peace of God which surpasses all comprehension shall guard your hearts and your

minds in Christ Jesus the realm of sound doctrine ndash 1 Timothy 46 In pointing out

these things to the brethren you will be a good servant of Christ Jesus constantly

nourished on the words of the faith and of the sound doctrine which you have been

following the local church ndash 1 Tim 315 strengthening via Holy Spirit ndash Eph 316

etc)

47) Despite the joyful acceptance of the Gospel and all the benefits conferred to the

believer the happiness is only temporary and short-lived

48) This is indicated by the phrase ldquofor a timerdquo which points to a limited time

49) The spiritual growth of the believer is severely limited due to an ldquoundeveloped rootrdquo

(ie ldquono rootrdquo)

50) The other Gospel accounts indicate the root wasnrsquot formed ldquoinrdquo the individual (Matt

1321 Mark 417)

51) A root is a metaphor for sound doctrine residing in the soul of the believer

52) As a plantrsquos root is key to continued growth so sound doctrine in the soul is essential

for proper growth in the believer

53) Bible doctrine provides the necessary spiritual nutrients to be healthy and strong in

the CWL (Deut 83 Matt 44)

54) A lack of Bible doctrine results in an inherently weak condition

55) Also without it ldquoin a time of temptationrdquo the believer will ldquofall awayrdquo

56) The word translated ldquotemptationrdquo refers to an enticement to sin but may also refer

generally to hardship or testing in the life of the believer (peirasmoj peirasmos-

James 12 2 Peter 29)

57) This time is described as a period of ldquoaffliction and persecutionrdquo in Matthew and

Mark (Matt 1317 Mark 417)

58) Note that the affliction and persecution arises ldquobecause of the wordrdquo

59) The believer is depicted as coming under distress and oppression because of his faith

60) The end result for he believer that is not rooted by Bible doctrine is spiritual

capitulation

61) Here such a believer is said to ldquofall awayrdquo which carries the nuance of switching

onersquos allegiance in revolt (avfisthmi aphistemi- 1 Tim 41 Heb 312)

Luke 8

413

62) This one no longer follows Godrsquos directive will but their own will by practicing the

ldquodoing what is right in his own eyesrdquo ethos

63) The next soil type is the thorn or weed filled soil

64) The seed which fell among the thorns germinated and grew (Luke 87)

65) This represents those who heard and accepted the Gospel as in the case of the rocky

soil

66) This believer grows and gains some spiritual momentum

67) The implication is that initially the soil was fertile and that the plant developed a root

system unlike the seed in the rocky soil

68) We may then presume that this believer following saving faith was rooted in some

knowledge of Bible doctrine

69) Further the plant that grew in this soil is portrayed as having a greater longevity than

the one that sprouted up on the rocky soil

70) In the rocky soil the spiritual progress made by the believer is only temporary

ultimately due to two primary factors

a) The deficiency of sound doctrine in the soul (ie a lack of spiritual nutrition)

b) The unwillingness to utilize spiritual armor (Rom 1312 Eph 610ff)

71) However the phrase ldquoas they go on their wayrdquo suggests a longer period of spiritual

momentum even including a believerrsquos entire ph 2

72) Although this believer has some initial spiritual momentum the soil was fertile and

the seed grew other factors sprout up that compromise the productivity of the plant

73) An environment that would promote optimum long term plant growth and

productivity is not maintained

74) Note that thorns ldquogrew up withrdquo the plant (sumfuw sumphuo- to grow together in

Luke 87)

75) Clearly this is an undesirable situation as thorns or weeds if not eradicated are

typically invasive and will eventually choke out the plant

76) Such is the case in this soil type where the thorns are not pulled out and left to

flourish

77) The ldquothornsrdquo represent various unmaintained OSN issues in the life of the believer

(akanqa akantha)

78) Eventually these thorns choke out the productivity and spiritual momentum of the

believer

79) Bear in mind it is the believer that fails to control the OSN and instead indulges the

flesh (similar to pre-salvation modus vivendi ndash Eph 23 cf Rom 1314)

80) The verb ldquochokedrdquo is to restrict the growth or well-being of something by pressure

(sumpnigw sumpnigo)

Luke 8

414

81) Here the thorns that choke the believer are referred to as ldquoworries riches and the

pleasures of this liferdquo

82) Our term translated ldquoliferdquo refers to physical life and the various activities associated

with it (ie ph 2 manner of living bioj bios- 1 Tim 22 2 Tim 24)

83) The first thorn Jesus refers to are ldquoworriesrdquo of this life

84) The plural noun ldquoworriesrdquo refers to concerns or worries (merimna merimna)

85) Depending on the context the term may connote care or concern for a legitimate

object (eg Paul for those in his canon- 2 Cor 1128 cf Timothyrsquos concern for the

Philippians with verb- Phil 220 merimnaw merimnao- to care for to be concerned )

86) However in our verse merimna pertains to sinful worry fear and anxiety that

smother the believer in this earthly life

87) In Matthew and Mark this thorn is referred to as ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo (Matt

1322 Mark 419)

a) ldquoWorriesrdquo is merimna as in our verse

b) The noun translated ldquoworldrdquo pertains to a segment of time or age (aivwn aion)

c) The phrase ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo is better translated ldquothe worries of the

present agerdquo

d) As a general principle every age or period has its own worries and concerns based

on different variables

e) Yet the general concern of living out onersquos life in the world is common to all

88) All believers have concerns that relate to our ph 2

89) Some involve a legitimate need but the believer is unwilling to have confidence in

God and faith rest the situation (eg living grace)

90) Yet other concerns and worries are illegitimate and stirred up by the OSN (eg loss

of position ad status- John 1242-43 death- Psa 234 cf Acts 754-58)

91) In any case the worry and anxiety is invasive

92) The believer succumbs to feelings of apprehension or distress

93) As growing believers we are not to be anxious for anything (Phil 46 cf Isa 354)

94) Focus on today in making the appropriate applications in the AC not on what may or

may not happen in the future (Matt 634 cf Mark 1311)

95) In addition to choking our spiritual momentum being consumed with the worries of

this life will sap a believerrsquos happiness and spiritual vigilance (Prov 1225 Luke

2134)

96) The correct approach in dealing with various ldquoworriesrdquo begins with trusting God and

applying His word to the situation (1 Peter 57 cf Psa 625-8 9419 Isa 4110 2

Cor 19)

97) Faith rest is imperative (Heb 116)

Luke 8

415

98) The worries or concerns that may stifle a believerrsquos spiritual progress are

innumerable Some include

a) Concern for self (James 314-16)

b) Business interests career (James 413-17)

c) Family (Matt 1037)

d) Grief (Ruth 11-18)

e) Love for the world (2 Tim 410 1 John 215-16)

f) Relationships not in accordance with Bible doctrine (James 44 cf 1 Kings 111-8

Neh 1323-27)

g) The past (Ex 163 2 Peter 220-22)

h) ldquoAnythingrdquo that inhibits learning sound doctrine (Luke 1038-42)

99) We are to take active steps to ldquoweed outrdquo any anxiety or illegitimate concern in the

CWL

100) The longer this weed is allowed to grow the harder it becomes to control it

101) The 2nd

thorn cited by Jesus is ldquorichesrdquo

102) ldquoRichesrdquo refers to the material wealth of the cosmos (ploutoj ploutos- Rev

1817)

103) This is in contrast to the Divine ldquorichesrdquo that God bestows on the believer in time

(cf Rom 1133 Phil 419 Heb 1126)

104) Simply possessing ldquorichesrdquo isnrsquot an issue per say for the believer

105) Indeed some great believers were very wealthy (2 Chron 111-12 2 Chron 922

3227-29 Job 4210)

106) Scripture directs specific applications for the wealth however the issue relates to

the believerrsquos attitude towards the acquisition of wealth and prosperity (1 Tim 617-

19)

107) The pursuit of riches is foolhardy and inevitably disrupts spiritual momentum (1

Tim 69-10)

108) We are enjoined to flee from the desire for riches and instead pursue that which

conforms to Godrsquos directive will (1 Tim 611)

109) The believer is to vigilantly guard against greed in any form (Luke 1215 1613

Eph 53)

110) In the other synoptic Gospelrsquos our term ldquorichesrdquo is expanded upon being referred

to as ldquothe deceitfulness of richesrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

111) The deception occurs when the believer is seduced into thinking that his happiness

and security in life is dependent upon riches

112) Despite this prevailing attitude towards wealth in the world the believer must

reject it (Psa 234-5 Prov 2724)

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 15: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

413

62) This one no longer follows Godrsquos directive will but their own will by practicing the

ldquodoing what is right in his own eyesrdquo ethos

63) The next soil type is the thorn or weed filled soil

64) The seed which fell among the thorns germinated and grew (Luke 87)

65) This represents those who heard and accepted the Gospel as in the case of the rocky

soil

66) This believer grows and gains some spiritual momentum

67) The implication is that initially the soil was fertile and that the plant developed a root

system unlike the seed in the rocky soil

68) We may then presume that this believer following saving faith was rooted in some

knowledge of Bible doctrine

69) Further the plant that grew in this soil is portrayed as having a greater longevity than

the one that sprouted up on the rocky soil

70) In the rocky soil the spiritual progress made by the believer is only temporary

ultimately due to two primary factors

a) The deficiency of sound doctrine in the soul (ie a lack of spiritual nutrition)

b) The unwillingness to utilize spiritual armor (Rom 1312 Eph 610ff)

71) However the phrase ldquoas they go on their wayrdquo suggests a longer period of spiritual

momentum even including a believerrsquos entire ph 2

72) Although this believer has some initial spiritual momentum the soil was fertile and

the seed grew other factors sprout up that compromise the productivity of the plant

73) An environment that would promote optimum long term plant growth and

productivity is not maintained

74) Note that thorns ldquogrew up withrdquo the plant (sumfuw sumphuo- to grow together in

Luke 87)

75) Clearly this is an undesirable situation as thorns or weeds if not eradicated are

typically invasive and will eventually choke out the plant

76) Such is the case in this soil type where the thorns are not pulled out and left to

flourish

77) The ldquothornsrdquo represent various unmaintained OSN issues in the life of the believer

(akanqa akantha)

78) Eventually these thorns choke out the productivity and spiritual momentum of the

believer

79) Bear in mind it is the believer that fails to control the OSN and instead indulges the

flesh (similar to pre-salvation modus vivendi ndash Eph 23 cf Rom 1314)

80) The verb ldquochokedrdquo is to restrict the growth or well-being of something by pressure

(sumpnigw sumpnigo)

Luke 8

414

81) Here the thorns that choke the believer are referred to as ldquoworries riches and the

pleasures of this liferdquo

82) Our term translated ldquoliferdquo refers to physical life and the various activities associated

with it (ie ph 2 manner of living bioj bios- 1 Tim 22 2 Tim 24)

83) The first thorn Jesus refers to are ldquoworriesrdquo of this life

84) The plural noun ldquoworriesrdquo refers to concerns or worries (merimna merimna)

85) Depending on the context the term may connote care or concern for a legitimate

object (eg Paul for those in his canon- 2 Cor 1128 cf Timothyrsquos concern for the

Philippians with verb- Phil 220 merimnaw merimnao- to care for to be concerned )

86) However in our verse merimna pertains to sinful worry fear and anxiety that

smother the believer in this earthly life

87) In Matthew and Mark this thorn is referred to as ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo (Matt

1322 Mark 419)

a) ldquoWorriesrdquo is merimna as in our verse

b) The noun translated ldquoworldrdquo pertains to a segment of time or age (aivwn aion)

c) The phrase ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo is better translated ldquothe worries of the

present agerdquo

d) As a general principle every age or period has its own worries and concerns based

on different variables

e) Yet the general concern of living out onersquos life in the world is common to all

88) All believers have concerns that relate to our ph 2

89) Some involve a legitimate need but the believer is unwilling to have confidence in

God and faith rest the situation (eg living grace)

90) Yet other concerns and worries are illegitimate and stirred up by the OSN (eg loss

of position ad status- John 1242-43 death- Psa 234 cf Acts 754-58)

91) In any case the worry and anxiety is invasive

92) The believer succumbs to feelings of apprehension or distress

93) As growing believers we are not to be anxious for anything (Phil 46 cf Isa 354)

94) Focus on today in making the appropriate applications in the AC not on what may or

may not happen in the future (Matt 634 cf Mark 1311)

95) In addition to choking our spiritual momentum being consumed with the worries of

this life will sap a believerrsquos happiness and spiritual vigilance (Prov 1225 Luke

2134)

96) The correct approach in dealing with various ldquoworriesrdquo begins with trusting God and

applying His word to the situation (1 Peter 57 cf Psa 625-8 9419 Isa 4110 2

Cor 19)

97) Faith rest is imperative (Heb 116)

Luke 8

415

98) The worries or concerns that may stifle a believerrsquos spiritual progress are

innumerable Some include

a) Concern for self (James 314-16)

b) Business interests career (James 413-17)

c) Family (Matt 1037)

d) Grief (Ruth 11-18)

e) Love for the world (2 Tim 410 1 John 215-16)

f) Relationships not in accordance with Bible doctrine (James 44 cf 1 Kings 111-8

Neh 1323-27)

g) The past (Ex 163 2 Peter 220-22)

h) ldquoAnythingrdquo that inhibits learning sound doctrine (Luke 1038-42)

99) We are to take active steps to ldquoweed outrdquo any anxiety or illegitimate concern in the

CWL

100) The longer this weed is allowed to grow the harder it becomes to control it

101) The 2nd

thorn cited by Jesus is ldquorichesrdquo

102) ldquoRichesrdquo refers to the material wealth of the cosmos (ploutoj ploutos- Rev

1817)

103) This is in contrast to the Divine ldquorichesrdquo that God bestows on the believer in time

(cf Rom 1133 Phil 419 Heb 1126)

104) Simply possessing ldquorichesrdquo isnrsquot an issue per say for the believer

105) Indeed some great believers were very wealthy (2 Chron 111-12 2 Chron 922

3227-29 Job 4210)

106) Scripture directs specific applications for the wealth however the issue relates to

the believerrsquos attitude towards the acquisition of wealth and prosperity (1 Tim 617-

19)

107) The pursuit of riches is foolhardy and inevitably disrupts spiritual momentum (1

Tim 69-10)

108) We are enjoined to flee from the desire for riches and instead pursue that which

conforms to Godrsquos directive will (1 Tim 611)

109) The believer is to vigilantly guard against greed in any form (Luke 1215 1613

Eph 53)

110) In the other synoptic Gospelrsquos our term ldquorichesrdquo is expanded upon being referred

to as ldquothe deceitfulness of richesrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

111) The deception occurs when the believer is seduced into thinking that his happiness

and security in life is dependent upon riches

112) Despite this prevailing attitude towards wealth in the world the believer must

reject it (Psa 234-5 Prov 2724)

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 16: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

414

81) Here the thorns that choke the believer are referred to as ldquoworries riches and the

pleasures of this liferdquo

82) Our term translated ldquoliferdquo refers to physical life and the various activities associated

with it (ie ph 2 manner of living bioj bios- 1 Tim 22 2 Tim 24)

83) The first thorn Jesus refers to are ldquoworriesrdquo of this life

84) The plural noun ldquoworriesrdquo refers to concerns or worries (merimna merimna)

85) Depending on the context the term may connote care or concern for a legitimate

object (eg Paul for those in his canon- 2 Cor 1128 cf Timothyrsquos concern for the

Philippians with verb- Phil 220 merimnaw merimnao- to care for to be concerned )

86) However in our verse merimna pertains to sinful worry fear and anxiety that

smother the believer in this earthly life

87) In Matthew and Mark this thorn is referred to as ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo (Matt

1322 Mark 419)

a) ldquoWorriesrdquo is merimna as in our verse

b) The noun translated ldquoworldrdquo pertains to a segment of time or age (aivwn aion)

c) The phrase ldquothe worries of this worldrdquo is better translated ldquothe worries of the

present agerdquo

d) As a general principle every age or period has its own worries and concerns based

on different variables

e) Yet the general concern of living out onersquos life in the world is common to all

88) All believers have concerns that relate to our ph 2

89) Some involve a legitimate need but the believer is unwilling to have confidence in

God and faith rest the situation (eg living grace)

90) Yet other concerns and worries are illegitimate and stirred up by the OSN (eg loss

of position ad status- John 1242-43 death- Psa 234 cf Acts 754-58)

91) In any case the worry and anxiety is invasive

92) The believer succumbs to feelings of apprehension or distress

93) As growing believers we are not to be anxious for anything (Phil 46 cf Isa 354)

94) Focus on today in making the appropriate applications in the AC not on what may or

may not happen in the future (Matt 634 cf Mark 1311)

95) In addition to choking our spiritual momentum being consumed with the worries of

this life will sap a believerrsquos happiness and spiritual vigilance (Prov 1225 Luke

2134)

96) The correct approach in dealing with various ldquoworriesrdquo begins with trusting God and

applying His word to the situation (1 Peter 57 cf Psa 625-8 9419 Isa 4110 2

Cor 19)

97) Faith rest is imperative (Heb 116)

Luke 8

415

98) The worries or concerns that may stifle a believerrsquos spiritual progress are

innumerable Some include

a) Concern for self (James 314-16)

b) Business interests career (James 413-17)

c) Family (Matt 1037)

d) Grief (Ruth 11-18)

e) Love for the world (2 Tim 410 1 John 215-16)

f) Relationships not in accordance with Bible doctrine (James 44 cf 1 Kings 111-8

Neh 1323-27)

g) The past (Ex 163 2 Peter 220-22)

h) ldquoAnythingrdquo that inhibits learning sound doctrine (Luke 1038-42)

99) We are to take active steps to ldquoweed outrdquo any anxiety or illegitimate concern in the

CWL

100) The longer this weed is allowed to grow the harder it becomes to control it

101) The 2nd

thorn cited by Jesus is ldquorichesrdquo

102) ldquoRichesrdquo refers to the material wealth of the cosmos (ploutoj ploutos- Rev

1817)

103) This is in contrast to the Divine ldquorichesrdquo that God bestows on the believer in time

(cf Rom 1133 Phil 419 Heb 1126)

104) Simply possessing ldquorichesrdquo isnrsquot an issue per say for the believer

105) Indeed some great believers were very wealthy (2 Chron 111-12 2 Chron 922

3227-29 Job 4210)

106) Scripture directs specific applications for the wealth however the issue relates to

the believerrsquos attitude towards the acquisition of wealth and prosperity (1 Tim 617-

19)

107) The pursuit of riches is foolhardy and inevitably disrupts spiritual momentum (1

Tim 69-10)

108) We are enjoined to flee from the desire for riches and instead pursue that which

conforms to Godrsquos directive will (1 Tim 611)

109) The believer is to vigilantly guard against greed in any form (Luke 1215 1613

Eph 53)

110) In the other synoptic Gospelrsquos our term ldquorichesrdquo is expanded upon being referred

to as ldquothe deceitfulness of richesrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

111) The deception occurs when the believer is seduced into thinking that his happiness

and security in life is dependent upon riches

112) Despite this prevailing attitude towards wealth in the world the believer must

reject it (Psa 234-5 Prov 2724)

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 17: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

415

98) The worries or concerns that may stifle a believerrsquos spiritual progress are

innumerable Some include

a) Concern for self (James 314-16)

b) Business interests career (James 413-17)

c) Family (Matt 1037)

d) Grief (Ruth 11-18)

e) Love for the world (2 Tim 410 1 John 215-16)

f) Relationships not in accordance with Bible doctrine (James 44 cf 1 Kings 111-8

Neh 1323-27)

g) The past (Ex 163 2 Peter 220-22)

h) ldquoAnythingrdquo that inhibits learning sound doctrine (Luke 1038-42)

99) We are to take active steps to ldquoweed outrdquo any anxiety or illegitimate concern in the

CWL

100) The longer this weed is allowed to grow the harder it becomes to control it

101) The 2nd

thorn cited by Jesus is ldquorichesrdquo

102) ldquoRichesrdquo refers to the material wealth of the cosmos (ploutoj ploutos- Rev

1817)

103) This is in contrast to the Divine ldquorichesrdquo that God bestows on the believer in time

(cf Rom 1133 Phil 419 Heb 1126)

104) Simply possessing ldquorichesrdquo isnrsquot an issue per say for the believer

105) Indeed some great believers were very wealthy (2 Chron 111-12 2 Chron 922

3227-29 Job 4210)

106) Scripture directs specific applications for the wealth however the issue relates to

the believerrsquos attitude towards the acquisition of wealth and prosperity (1 Tim 617-

19)

107) The pursuit of riches is foolhardy and inevitably disrupts spiritual momentum (1

Tim 69-10)

108) We are enjoined to flee from the desire for riches and instead pursue that which

conforms to Godrsquos directive will (1 Tim 611)

109) The believer is to vigilantly guard against greed in any form (Luke 1215 1613

Eph 53)

110) In the other synoptic Gospelrsquos our term ldquorichesrdquo is expanded upon being referred

to as ldquothe deceitfulness of richesrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

111) The deception occurs when the believer is seduced into thinking that his happiness

and security in life is dependent upon riches

112) Despite this prevailing attitude towards wealth in the world the believer must

reject it (Psa 234-5 Prov 2724)

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 18: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

416

113) Whether rich or poor we must be content with Godrsquos provisions in life (Luke

314 Phil 411 Heb 135)

114) Happiness and security in this life are the result of obedience to God and

consistent orientation to His plan (Psa 11914 Prov 1811 2918 Rom 1417

1513)

115) The third thorn in the life of the believer is related to the ldquopleasuresrdquo of this life

116) ldquoPleasuresrdquo pertains to engaging in activities which are pleasurable or produce

enjoyment (h`donh hedone)

117) The experience of pleasure is not necessarily an issue in the CWL

118) One may experience pleasure by riding a bike viewing different types of beauty in

Godrsquos creation listening to a symphonic master piece watching a movie and so forth

without transgressing Godrsquos standards

119) Similarly to ldquorichesrdquo it is the pursuit of or devotion to experiencing pleasure that

compromises the believer

120) Some develop a hardcore dedication to hedonism in a variety of areas in which

they are lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God (cf 2 Tim 34 Titus 33)

121) The pursuit of pleasure is ultimately an unfulfilling endeavor for the believer

(Eccl 21-11)

122) Even acceptable sources of pleasure can become a serious problem if they are

pursued at the expense of Bible doctrine (ie if one neglects Heb 1025)

123) The three thorns have a conspicuous commonality each stifles the believerrsquos

spiritual vitality

124) The believer that negligently allows these thorns to continue to grow is said ldquoto

bring no fruit to maturityrdquo

125) Itrsquos important to recognize that Jesus isnrsquot indicating that the plant was never

productive but rather it became unproductive

126) The other synoptic gospels affirm this point saying of the plant ldquohellipit becomes

unfruitfulrdquo (Matt 1322 Mark 419)

127) The verb translated ldquobecomesrdquo indicates a change of condition the plant turns out

to be something it had not been previouslyhellipunfruitful (ginomai ginomai)

128) The end result of allowing weeds to flourish and choking out the plant is the

curtailment of fruit production

129) Here ldquofruitrdquo represents the application of Bible doctrine by the believer in

accordance with Godrsquos directive will

130) This is analogous to the believer that allows the ldquothornsrdquo of worry riches and

pleasure to run rampant in his ph 2

131) The inevitable result is the curtailment of good works or divine good production

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 19: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

417

132) Such a believer may seemingly appear to be ok but the scarcity of good works or

application points to spiritual compromise (quantity and quality are important- 2 Cor

510)

133) In a sense the believer becomes a prolific producer not of good works but thorns

or that which is worthless (Heb 64-8)

134) The believer ought to have zeal to be fruitful and be ready for every opportunity to

make an application (Titus 31 8 14)

135) The fourth and final soil type is referred to as ldquothe good soilrdquo which stresses the

fertility of the soil

136) Each of the previous three soil types was deficient to varying degrees but this soil

is different

137) It possesses all the essential characteristics to grow robust productive plants (v

8)

138) The good soil represents the believer who initially heard and understood the

word which portrays saving faith or acceptance of the Gospel (Matt 1323 Mark

420)

a) Matt 1323 ldquounderstandrdquo- sunihmi suniemi- to understand to comprehend

clearly

b) Mark 420 ldquoacceptrdquo- paradecomai paradechomai- to accept to acknowledge

something to be correct

139) The manner in which this type of believer heard the word is significant

140) The word was heard the word ldquoin an honest and good heartrdquo

141) The words translated ldquohonest and goodrdquo can be synonymous (kaloj kalos good

avgaqoj agathos good)

142) Here when used in tandem it refers to that which is of high quality good and

praiseworthy

143) In various Greco-Roman writings when kalos was used with agathos as we have

in our verse it was used to describe an exceptional citizen

144) Luke uses terms that would be readily understood by a Gentile audience

145) ldquoHonest and goodrdquo in our verse refers to the believerrsquos intellectual honesty and

readiness to apply the word

146) ldquoThe wordrdquo exceeds the Gospel and now encompasses ph 2 sound doctrine

147) In regard to ldquothe wordrdquo the ldquoexceptionalrdquo believer is said to ldquohold it fastrdquo

148) ldquoHold fastrdquo means to faithfully adhere to the word (katecw katecho)

149) The form of the Greek verb reveals that the believer continues to hold fast to the

word

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 20: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

418

150) This believer manifests an ongoing tenacity in adhering to Bible doctrine over the

course of the CWL regardless of circumstances

151) Many believers fall away from the faith for various reasons especially in our day

but this type clings to the truth

152) Such an outlook is essential for the believer that desires to attain spiritual maturity

in the devilrsquos world (Rom 129 1 Cor 112 1 Thess 521 Heb 1023)

153) The believers depicted by the good soil ldquobear fruit with perseverancerdquo

154) ldquoBearing fruitrdquo is an ongoing phenomenon so these ldquocontinue bearing fruitrdquo

155) As in the previous soil ldquobearing fruitrdquo is analogous to the proper application of

Bible doctrine also referred to as divine good production

156) Luke focuses on a high level of bearing fruit both high yield and high quality

157) However Mark notes that there are different levels of bearing fruit in the life of the

exceptional believer (Mark 420)

158) All are good soil and therefore +v seekers of Truth

159) Yet not all +v believer apply at the same level some apply more than others

160) We must miss the correlation between the believer that willingly and tenaciously

adheres to sound doctrine and the end result of great productivity

161) A believer will not continue to maintain maximum productivity in the CWL if he

doesnrsquot possess these qualities

162) Additionally the entire process of bearing fruit requires ldquoperseverancerdquo

163) ldquoPerseverancerdquo indicates the capacity to bear up under or patiently endure difficult

circumstances (u`pomonh hupomone)

164) The ability to endure arduous circumstances must be developed by every believer

it is absolutely essential to complete our ph 2 successfully and in a manner pleasing

to God (2 Cor 64 2 Thess 14 Heb 121)

165) It is however completely in the hands of every believer whether they will take the

initiative to be exceptional

166) Those that settle for spiritual mediocrity will be disappointed while those that

endure will rejoice (1 John 228 cf James 511)

Doctrine of Regression

Doctrine of Divine Good

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 21: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

419

Luke 816-18 Now no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bed but he puts it on a lampstand in order that those who come in may see the

light 17

For nothing is hidden that shall not become evident nor anything secret that

shall not be known and come to light 18

Therefore continue taking care how you listen

for whoever has to him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he

thinks he has shall be taken away from him

Analysis of vv 16-18

1) After concluding ldquothe parable of the sowerrdquo Luke proceeds to Jesusrsquo next parable

2) This parable in our passage is commonly referred to as ldquothe parable of the lamprdquo

3) Before Jesus resumes teaching parables to the great multitude until evening He

continues to address His disciples as with the previous parable (Mark 49-11 33-35

Luke 810)

4) His explanation of the parable of the sower and this parable to His disciples is an

interval in His general teaching

5) Jesus provides clarification to disciples not just the twelve but all who follow His

teaching quite simply because they desired the knowledge of the Truth

6) In connection with receiving the word and being productive in the parable of sower

Jesus affirms the proper manifestation of the word of God in the life of the believer

7) He begins ldquoNow no one after lighting a lamp covers it over with a container or puts

it under a bedhelliprdquo

8) Jesusrsquo point is obvious enough concealing or otherwise diminishing the light cast by

a lamp is nonsensical as it is not being used for its intended purpose

9) Instead the lamp is to be placed on a lampstand ldquoin order that those who come in

may see the lightrdquo

10) Of course the purpose of the lamp is to provide light for everyone in a house but also

to those who enter

11) The lighting of the lamp portrays saving faith on the part of an individual

12) There is no other way to light the lamp (John 146cf Acts 412)

13) Essentially the one who accepts Jesus ldquothe light of the worldrdquo obtains ldquothe light of

liferdquo eternal life (John 812 cf John 14ff 95 1246)

14) Conversely the one who rejects the light of the Gospel remains spiritually dead and in

darkness (2 Cor 44)

15) The lamp and the light emitted is analogous to the word of God and its manifestation

in the life of the believer

16) The word of God provides enlightenment and guidance in the CWL (Psa 119105

130 Prov 623 2 Peter 119)

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 22: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

420

17) We are to let our light shine before men in the form of visible applications of Godrsquos

word (Matt 516)

18) The purpose clause ldquoin order that those who come in may see the lightrdquo alludes to

the Christianrsquos responsibility to be a witness to others

19) Indeed when we apply Godrsquos word we appear as lights in the world and glorify Him

(Phil 215 cf John 158)

20) As our light shines it often opens up an opportunity for the believer to provide

enlightenment to those who need the light unbelievers and to those who have hidden

their light maladjusted believers

21) Additionally it provides encouragement to like-minded believers (cf Rom 18-9)

22) Neither our faith nor obedience to word of God should be concealed or otherwise

hidden

23) Yet all too often many believers are caught up in the things of this world and donrsquot let

their light shine

24) Worldly associations and living drastically diminish a believerrsquos ability to provide a

credible testimony of their faith to the world

25) We should be a brilliant beacon of light in the Devilrsquos world and not a mere flicker

(cf Matt 514 1 Peter 29)

26) V 17 is comprised of two parallel statements that indicate whatever is hidden or

secret will clearly be made known

27) Jesus isnrsquot referring to a distant eschatological event or period (eg the Day of the

Lord the Millennium)

28) Such an interpretation doesnrsquot fit the context

29) The statements provide a commentary not only on the parable of the lamp but on

Jesusrsquo parabolic teaching as a whole

30) Rather His point to the disciples is that the Divine viewpoint He is teaching them

privately would be openly declared to all

31) In the meantime He would continue to instruct the multitudes in parables which

contained spiritual truths ldquohidden in plain sightrdquo (Luke 810)

32) Godrsquos Divine viewpoint is given to those who desire it but hidden from those that

disdain it (cf Luke 1021 1941-42)

33) Yet there would be a time in the near future when teaching in parables wouldnrsquot be

the norm

34) Following His resurrection Jesus reaffirmed what He had taught His disciples (Luke

2444-48)

35) These disciples and others would publicly and clearly proclaim the Gospel and the

word of God to the world (Acts 826-35 2020 27)

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 23: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

421

36) This was a part the progressive revelation of Godrsquos purpose and plan (cf John 1426

1 Peter 110-12)

37) In v 18 Jesus exhorts His disciples to be very careful how they listen to His teaching

38) The imperative and its form translated ldquotake carerdquo indicates that the disciples are to

ldquocontinue taking carerdquo how they listened to the instruction (present act imperative of

βλέπω blepo- to take care to give serious thought)

39) ldquoListenrdquo indicates far more than the faculty of hearing

40) For the disciples continuing to ldquotake carerdquo would in part entail a willingness listen an

eagerness to understand and serious reflection on the applicability of Jesus teaching

in their lives

41) Jesus explains there is a lot at stake in how they listen saying ldquohellipWhoever has to

him shall more be given and whoever does not have even what he thinks he has shall

be taken away from himrdquo

42) In looking at the statement ldquoWhoever hasrdquo the question arises ldquoHas whatrdquo

43) In light of our context ldquowhatrdquo is best identified as the word of God or expressed

another way a clear knowledge of Godrsquos plan

44) ldquoWhoever does not haverdquo is then the one that lacks a clear knowledge of Godrsquos word

and plan

45) Jesus reveals two outcomes for each category

46) The one who has Godrsquos word and is careful to obey it more knowledge will be given

to him

47) More knowledge enables the believer to be more effective in the angelic conflict

48) This was manifested in the life of the apostles as they toiled in their respective

ministries

49) In contrast the one who deficient in knowledge will be stripped of his knowledge

50) This is brought about through the continued neglect of Godrsquos word

51) Less knowledge leads to maladjustment in the angelic conflict (eg a lack of comfort

no biblical discernment fear)

52) Although Jesus addresses His disciples the teaching applies to all believers

53) We too must continue taking care how we listen to Bible doctrine as we are

responsible to apply what we hear (Heb 21 cf Deut 63 81 Josh 17 Eph 515)

54) Furthermore we ought to have a real desire for increasing our knowledge of Godrsquos

word (Psa 119127 Prov 2323)

55) This is a prominent trait of the righteous (Prov 99)

56) If we seek God through the diligent study of His word He will abundantly bless us

with greater knowledge (Prov 123 313 817 Jer 2913 Luke 119-10)

57) The first step to being wise in this life is acquiring Godrsquos wisdom (Prov 47 910)

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 24: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

422

58) The believer who opts not to seek God even after lengthy exposure to His word is in

effect squandering the good deposit of Bible doctrine

59) Bible doctrine in the soul must never be squandered through a lack of application

60) It is to be guarded and used diligently on a daily basis (cf Prov 834 1 Tim 620 2

Tim 114)

61) At some point God will withdraw the deposit and the believer will be in an even

more perilous situation (2 Peter 220-22)

62) In Mark Jesus indicates an appropriate amount of wisdom and blessing will be

measured out which is commensurate with onersquos diligence in the CWL (Mark 424)

63) If we want an overflowing measure then we must put in the effort and be obedient to

Godrsquos righteous standards (Matt 56)

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 25: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

423

Luke 819-21 And His mother and brothers came to Him and they were unable to get to

Him because of the crowd 20

And it was reported to Him Your mother and Your

brothers are standing outside wishing to see You 21

But He answered and said to them

My mother and My brothers are these who keep on hearing the word of God and doing

it

Analysis of vv 19-21

1) In vv 19-21 Luke inserts an account involving a visit from Jesusrsquo mother and

brothers

2) In relation to Jesusrsquo imperative to His disciples ldquocontinue taking care how you listenrdquo

in v 18 our verses underscore the significance of hearing and doing Godrsquos word

3) On this occasion Jesusrsquo mother and brothers desired to visit Jesus but were unable

due to the large crowd

4) Luke doesnrsquot reveal the purpose for their visit

5) Evidently they had been trying for a period of time to get through to Jesus but to avail

6) Their presence and desire to visit was announced to Jesus

7) To this announcement Jesus responded unequivocally saying ldquoMy mother and My

brothers are these who hear the word of God and do it

8) We may presume that His response caught His audience off guard

9) His words comprise a mild censure to a seemingly innocuous report

10) Although not readily apparent in our passage at this juncture Jesusrsquo family was NOT

on board with His ministry

11) Matthew notes on this occasion while He was teaching Mary and His brothers

sought to speak to Him (Matt 1246)

12) Mark indicates that they summoned Him during His teaching (Mark 331)

13) Despite being a part of the same crowd that was being taught by the Lord they were

not listening attentively to what He was teaching

14) They thought nothing of interrupting His teaching just to have a personal visit

15) As if this wasnrsquot bad enough they thought Jesus had lost His mind and intended to

physically seize Him (Mark 321)

16) Jesus had already raised the ire of the religious establishment and faced increasingly

intense opposition (Mark 31ff Luke 415ff 66ff 2020)

17) Yet even His own family opposed Him and His ministry refusing to accept Jesus as

the Messiah (cf John 71-8)

18) Neither source of opposition was a deterrent to Jesus fulfilling His 1st Advent

mission

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 26: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

424

19) We may presume His disciples also faced serious opposition for their faith from

family members and close relatives

20) We as His disciples today frequently face ridicule and even outright animosity from

family and relatives for our faith

21) Jesus indicated such would be the case Even our closest family members may

become our vehement enemies (Matt 1034-36 Luke 1251-53)

22) We are to bear up under the FGHS and Bible doctrine recognizing that any vitriol

directed at us may also be a source of great blessing (Luke 622-23 1 Peter 414)

23) Here Jesus succinctly points out the basis of a ldquotruerdquo family relationship

24) It is not based on any biological or legal factors but on onersquos acceptance and

application of the word of God

25) Those who desired to be true relatives of Jesus first had to hear the Gospel and

believe in Him

26) In so doing the believer becomes a new and permanent member of the family of

God a spiritual relative of Jesus

27) At saving faith the believer is adopted by God and becomes a fellow heir with Christ

(Rom 815-17)

28) Jesus is not abrogating His responsibility to honor His mother

29) Further He is not disowning His ldquofleshlyrdquo family or marginalizing the divine

institution of family

30) Rather He is establishing the preeminence of ldquospiritualrdquo family over ldquofleshlyrdquo

family

31) Those who would view the ldquofleshlyrdquo family as preeminent are at odds with Jesusrsquo

teaching (cf Matt 1037-38 Luke 959-62 1426)

32) Our real family members related or not are those consistently manifest +v to the

word of God by hearing and doing it (cf John 1514)

33) ldquoFleshlyrdquo family members that are not like-minded in the truth can be a major

impediment to the believer (eg Jonathon and Saul)

34) A believerrsquos faith andor commitment to doctrine may cost various relationships in

this life

35) Nevertheless we should have confidence that God will make up for it in this life and

the next (Mark 1029-30)

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 27: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

425

Luke 822-25 Now it came about on one of those days that He and His disciples got into

a boat and He said to them Let us go over to the other side of the lake And they

launched out 23

But as they were sailing along He fell asleep and a fierce gale of wind

descended upon the lake and they began to be swamped and to be in danger 24

And they

came to Him and woke Him up saying Master Master we are perishing And being

aroused He rebuked the wind and the surging waves and they stopped and it became

calm 25

And He said to them Where is your faith And they were fearful and amazed

saying to one another Who then is this that He commands even the winds and the

water and they obey Him

Analysis of vv 22-25

1) After teaching the multitudes Jesus desired a change of locale

2) He initiates the process by climbing into a boat with His disciples and saying ldquoLet us

go over to the other side of the lakerdquo

3) He and an unspecified number of His disciples launched out

4) Luke focuses on the boat in which Jesus embarked

5) However Mark indicates that there were other boats that accompanied them (Mark

436)

6) Evidently there was a small flotilla of boats that set out to cross the lake

7) The boats used would have been a basic vessel used for fishing or transport

8) It may have been similar to the boast widely referred to as ldquothe Jesus Boatrdquo2

a) Refers to the remains of an ancient fishing boat discovered at the sea of Galilee in

1986

b) The vessel has been dated to the 1st century AD

c) Dimension of remains 27 ft long 75 ft wide (beam) and 43 ft high

d) Primarily constructed of cedar and oak but a variety of other types of wood were

used in its construction (eg sycamore laurel)

e) Shallow drafted with a flat bottom

f) The boat was able to be rowed with 4 staggered oars and a mast for sailing

g) It was capable of carrying 15 people

9) Although multiple vessels launched out only one was need to carry Jesus and the 12

disciples

10) The lake is the ldquoSea of Galileerdquo and their intended destination was the country of the

Gerasenes (v 26)

11) Shortly after setting out on what was supposed to be an uneventful journey Jesus fell

asleep

2 httpwwwjesusboatcomthe-jesus-boat-research accessed Dec 2013

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 28: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

426

12) After He fell asleep a serious storm descended upon the lake

13) The lake or sea of Galilee is surrounded by steep mountains and hills down which

wind is funneled in sudden violent squalls3

14) Here Luke describes the squall as ldquofierce gale of windrdquo

15) The terms translated ldquofierce gale of windrdquo may be likened to a hurricane in intensity

(λαῖλαψ ἀνέμου lailaps anemou)

16) A storm of this intensity would naturally produce powerful waves

17) The boat began to take on water and the disciples were in danger of sinking (Mark

437)

18) The length of time from the onset of the storm to the swamping of the boat is not

specified

19) Whatever the timeframe note that Jesus was still asleep and completely undisturbed

by the chaotic conditions

20) Although some of the disciples were fishermen on this lake and had undoubtedly

encountered a fair share of rough weather this storm exceeded their experience

21) In contrast to Jesus the disciples believed themselves to be in mortal peril

22) They woke Jesus up in desperation and cried out ldquoMaster Master we are perishingrdquo

23) Luke indicates that after waking up Jesus ldquorebuked the wind and the surging waves

and they stopped and it became calmrdquo

24) In the midst of this furious storm with the boat taking on water Jesus causes the wind

and the surging waves to cease with a simple command

25) Take note that the wind and the waves stopped simultaneously

26) The word translated ldquocalmrdquo refers to an undisturbed surface on a body of water

(γαλήνη galene)

27) The effect produced by the Lordrsquos command was immediatehellipthe conditions on the

lake became completely calm

28) Matthew and Mark describe the lake as ldquoperfectly calmrdquo (Matt 826 Mark 439 lit a

deep or great calm)

29) Under normal circumstances the wind and surging waves would gradually dissipate

especially after such a violent storm

30) Of course this wasnrsquot ldquonormalrdquo it was miraculous

31) Following His rebuke of the weather Jesus rebukes His disciples

32) He proceeds to direct a pointed question to His disciples ldquoWhere is your faithrdquo

3 Marshal 333

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 29: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

427

33) They were acting cowardly and manifested a lack of faith under the circumstances

(Matt 826 Mark 440 Jesus uses ldquotimidrdquo to describe the disciples- δειλός deilos

cowardly fearful lacking confidence)

34) The disciplersquos response to this miraculous episode was one of fear and amazement

35) They said to one another ldquoWho then is this that He commands even the winds and

the water and they obey Himrdquo

36) With the exception of Judas Jesusrsquo disciples accepted Him as the Son of God so their

question was rhetorical

37) They also were eye witnesses to many miracles up to this point (eg the expulsion of

demons various healings resuscitation etc Luke 435 513 610 710 14)

38) Yet the miracle of controlling the storm completely overwhelmed them

39) The Divine power that Jesus possessed was dramatically manifested to all

40) His disciples wrestled with a lack of faith on other occasions (Matt 1423-30 1720

Luke 1228)

41) One might presume that it is only natural to be afraid in the face of such a severe

storm

42) It is natural in the sense that this fear is a characteristic of a ldquonatural manrdquo controlled

by the OSN (cf 1 Cor 214)

43) However to presume that such fear is appropriate or acceptable contradicts Jesusrsquo

instruction

44) Jesus clearly intended to go over to the other side of the lake with them (v 22)

45) Therefore they werenrsquot going to perish en route even in the midst of a severe storm

46) Furthermore they knew He was the Son of God and should have understood His

control over elements (cf Col 115-17)

47) Other passages declare Godrsquos control over the weather and other natural elements

(Job 2823-26 376 Psa 655-13 1045-14 10723-30 Jer 522 3135 Prov 304

cf Jonah 115)

48) Like the disciples we as believers frequently wrestle with faith-resting difficult

circumstances that come upon ushellipsometimes quite suddenly

49) Our verses provide a figurative analogy to our own CWL

50) The sinking boat in the midst of a violent storm is analogous to the extreme adversity

that we maywill encounter in our lives as disciples of Christ

51) If we succumb to fear we must ask ourselves ldquoWhy am I being cowardly Where is

my faithrdquo

52) Even in the face of seemingly insurmountable circumstances we must not fear or

give in to despair

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 30: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

428

53) While we are not face to face with Jesus Christ God is no less with us in the ldquoboatrdquo

during times of trial (Psa 99 461-3 1217 2 Tim 416-18)

54) It is essential that believers maintain a strong active faith in Godrsquos ability to sustain

and deliver us regardless of the circumstances (Psa 375-6 628 Prov 35 Isa 222

264 Heb 116)

55) Principle Those who trust in God and His plan will be blessed (Psa 404 8412

Prov 1620 Jer 177-8)

56) Faith-rest in the face of tests results in stability and peace in onersquos soul

57) In contrast sinful fear in the life of a believer demonstrates a lack of faith in Godrsquos

essence and His provision

58) A lack of faith in the CWL is destabilizing and produces misery of soul (James 15-

8)

59) The fear of death in particular is not to be part of our experience (Psa 234)

60) This was true for the disciples as well as for us today

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 31: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

429

Luke 826-29 And they sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite Galilee 27

And when He had come out onto the land He was met by a certain man from the city

who was possessed with demons and who had not put on any clothing for a long time

and was not living in a house but in the tombs 28

And seeing Jesus he cried out and fell

before Him and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the

Most High God I beg You do not torment me 29

For He had been commanding the

unclean spirit to come out of the man For it had seized him many times and he was

bound with chains and shackles and kept under guard and yet he would burst his fetters

and be driven by the demon into the desert

Analysis of vv 26-29

1) Jesus and His disciples made it safely to the other side of the lake without further

incident

2) The Lord has just demonstrated His power over the elements

3) In this context He will demonstrate His authority and power over demons as He has

in the past

4) Although our verses will deal with a man possessed and tormented by multiple

demons

5) Luke indicates they ldquothey sailed to the country of the Gerasenes which is opposite

Galileerdquo

6) The word translated ldquocountryrdquo pertains to a general district or region not to a specific

location (χώρα chora- Luke 31)

7) Here they made land fall in the general region of the Gerasenes

8) Lukersquos identification of the region ldquoof the Gerasenesrdquo requires some clarification

(Γερασηνός Gerasenos)

9) Mark also indicates that they landed in ldquothe country of the Gerasenesrdquo (Mark 51)

10) However Matthew identifies the region as ldquothe country of the Gadarenesrdquo

(Γεργεσηνός Gergesenos Matt 828)

11) These Similar sounding names have caused some confusion among interpreters

12) ldquoGerasenesrdquo used by both Mark and Luke denotes those who are inhabitants of the

city of Gerasa (modern Jerash in northern Jordan)

13) Gerasa was in excess of 30 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

14) ldquoGadarenesrdquo used by Matthew refers to the inhabitants of the city of Gadara (modern

Umm Qais in northern Jordan)

15) Gadara was ~6 miles southeast of the sea of Galilee

16) Both cities were a part of the league of ten cities known as the Decapolis

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 32: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

430

17) Yet as critics point out two different cities are in view and neither one is in close

proximity to the sea of Galilee

18) Both Garasa and Gadara were two of the most prominent cities of the region

19) Hence the gospel writers refer to the same ldquocountryrdquo or region by the name of

different major cities

20) In favor of Matthewrsquos ldquoGadarardquo is that the city was closer than Gerasa to the sea of

Galilee but it was still ~6 miles away

21) Furthermore Luke is clear that Jesus and the disciples were ldquomet by a certain manrdquo

as they disembarked onto the shore

22) There is another possibility that Jesus came ashore near the lakeside city of Gergesa

on the eastern shore (modern Kursi- see maps ldquoGalilee and Surrounding Regionsrdquo and

ldquoSea of Galileerdquo)4

a) Gergesa is also ldquoopposite Galileerdquo from Capernaum- Map Sea of Galilee

b) Origen makes reference to Gergesa

23) In its vicinity near the shore there are cliffs and a network of tombs that would fit in

with the details pertaining to our context

24) Although topographically and archaeologically favorable a precise identification is

problematic

25) We must continue to keep in mind that the region is in view not the city

26) The actual city is of secondary importance in view of the events that transpired

27) When Jesus stepped onto shore ldquoHe was met by a certain man from the city who was

possessed with demonsrdquo

28) The verb ldquometrdquo may mean to meet in a friendly sense or in a hostile sense the latter

meaning fits our context (ὑπαντάω hupantao- cf Luke 1431)

29) Mark records that this meeting happened ldquoimmediatelyrdquo (Mark 52- ldquoat oncerdquo)

30) However Matthew records that they were met by two men who were demon

possessed (Matt 828)

31) We may presume that Mark like Luke mention the one demonic as Jesus primarily

focused on Him

32) Perhaps the other remained an unbeliever

33) Some notable observations about this ldquocertainrdquo demoniac

a) He was possessed by multiple demons

b) He was naked as he hadnrsquot ldquoput on any clothing for a long timerdquo

c) He currently reside in the local tombs and not in a house

d) He was ldquoexceedingly violentrdquo (Matt 828)

34) The reaction of Jesusrsquo disciples when they met the demoniacs is not revealed

4 Marshal 337

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 33: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

431

35) We may presume given their OSN meltdown during the harrowing crossing of the

sea of Galilee they were frazzled and on edge

36) Arriving on shore in this frame of mind only to be met by two violent naked

demoniacs did little to soothe their raw nerves

37) In our verses the only positive point for the one demoniac was that he was face to

face with Jesus Christ

38) Various principles of demon possession

a) Demon possession is a fallen angel entering and controlling the body of an

unbeliever

b) Possession does not occur apart from the volition of the individual involved

c) It was one basis for capital punishment in Israel (Lev 2027)

d) It can produce physical andor psychological maladies (Matt 1222 Mark 914-

27)

e) It can produce supernatural strength (Mark 51-4 Luke 829)

f) A believer cannot be demon possessed only influenced Every believer is the

temple of God the Holy Spirit (1 Cor 619)

g) Strictly speaking there are no exorcisms in the Bible that is no use of formulas as

in the Roman Catholic Church and among the Jews

h) The Lord Jesus Christ and the apostles cast out demons through Divine authority

(Matt 816 Mark 314-15 67-13 Acts 1913)

i) Exorcism was and still is practiced by the Jews (Matt 1224-27 Acts 1913-16)

j) Demon possession can produce special knowledge (Acts 1616)

k) Demon possession can be accomplished by

i) Idolatry apostasy The modern tongues movement is a prime example (Isa

819-20)

(1) Isaiah 819 reveals the demonic nature of the gibberish produced by demon

possessed mediums and spiritists

(2) The Jews were not to consult such individuals Those who do not speak

according to the law and the testimony have no light

(3) The apostle Paul makes it clear that the gift of tongues was a temporary gift

which ceased with the completion of the perfect canon of Scripture (1 Cor

138-13)

(4) ldquoTonguesrdquo was the gift of languages which allowed first century believers

to spread the gospel in languages which they had not studied it did not

involve unintelligible speech such as uttered by the demon possessed

spiritists and mediums cited in Isaiah 819 (1 Cor 147-10)

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 34: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

432

(5) The modern tongues movement is also heavily involved in extra-biblical

ldquopropheciesrdquo and the so-called ldquoword of wisdomrdquo

(6) The gift of prophecy was also a temporary gift for the first century It

allowed those with the gift to teach Church Age doctrine pending the

completion of the New Testament

(7) The modern tongues movement wants to make speaking in unintelligible

gibberish the criterion for salvation they say ldquoNo tongues no filling of

God the Holy Spiritrdquo

(8) However a person who does not have the Holy Spirit is not saved at all

(Rom 89)

(9) The Charismatics illegitimately make their unintelligible utterances a sign

that one is saved

(10) However the gift of languages was not a sign to believers but to

unbelievers (ie ldquotonguesrdquo-1 Cor 1422)

(11) Even when the gift was extant not every believer possessed it (1

Cor 1228-30)

(12) Just as there are no apostles and prophets around today there are

also no legitimate miracle workers and healers In addition the gift of

tongues has ceased

(13) It like the gift of miracles and healing was designed to authenticate

the gospel message to unbelievers and to allow the spread of the good news

prior to the completion of the New Testament canon It has ceased (1 Cor

138-10)

(14) Individuals who are associated with the so-called tongues movement

are at best self-deluded and at worst demon influenced or demon possessed

ii) The use of illicit drugs

(1) In Galatians 520 the word translated ldquosorceryrdquo is related to the use of

drugs (farmakeia - pharmakeia)

(2) In the ancient world drugs were one of the chief means of making contact

with demons

(3) Demon contact and possession were also practiced by the American Indians

(peyote mescal)

(4) Demon possession has become common in todays culture which has

involved itself with drugs and eastern mysticism

iii) Experimenting in the occult (eg Wicca)

iv) Participation in the phallic cult which involves illicit sex (Isa 26 Hosea

414)

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 35: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

433

39) V 28 reveals the dialogue between Jesus and the demoniac

40) Specifically one of the demons that possessed the man addresses Jesus

41) Vv 27 and 30 make it clear that the man was possessed by a multitude of demons

42) We may then infer that the demon who addresses Jesus is the ranking demon

43) The manrsquos voice and body were controlled by the demon(s)

44) After seeing and approaching Jesus Luke records ldquoHe cried out and fell before Him

and said in a loud voice What do I have to do with You Jesus Son of the Most High

God I beg You do not torment merdquo

45) The exclamation ldquoWhat do I have to do with yourdquo carries the basic meaning of

ldquoWhy are meddling with me when I havenrsquot meddled with yourdquo or simply ldquoLeave

me alonerdquo

46) The demon knew exactly who was before him and addresses Jesus by His proper

name

47) He also includes the appellation ldquoSon of the Most High Godrdquo

48) They recognized Jesusrsquo true identity the Son of God incarnate

49) Upon recognizing the Son of God incarnate the demon was acutely aware that any

physical power he possessed albeit substantial would be completely ineffectual in

dealing with Jesus

50) The demonic response was full of apprehension

51) Here the demon submissively falls before Jesus and begs Him not to torment him

(and the other demons)

52) Our term ldquobegrdquo is to ask with urgency or in this case to desperately plead (δέομαι deomai- Luke 512)

53) Mark indicates that they invoked the name of God in their desperate appeal (Mark

57)

54) ldquoTormentrdquo means to subject to severe distress harassment or torment (βασανίζω

basanizo)

55) The reason for the demonrsquos response is given in v 29

56) Jesus ldquohad been commanding the unclean spirit to come out of the manrdquo

57) The demon(s) feared physical expulsion from the man but their greater concern was

being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo (v 31)

58) Luke proceeds to give the reason for Jesusrsquo expulsion of the demons stating ldquoFor it

had seized him many times and he was bound with chains and shackles and kept

under guard and yet he would burst his fetters and be driven by the demon into the

desertrdquo

59) Jesus acts out of compassion and intends to end the constant torment of the man by

the demons

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 36: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

434

60) Mark records that the torment inflicted by the demons was ongoing night and day

(Mark 55)

61) Attempts had been made to control the man with chains and shackles but the demons

easily burst the restraints

62) The demon would typically drive the man out into the desert or to an isolated place

63) In a paradoxical turn the demons who had unmercifully tormented the man both

physically and mentally now begged for mercy from Jesus

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 37: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

435

Luke 830-33 And Jesus asked him What is your name And he said Legion for

many demons had entered him 31

And they kept on entreating Him not to command them

to depart into the abyss 32

Now there was a herd of many swine feeding there on the

mountain and the demons entreated Him to permit them to enter the swine And He gave

them permission 33

And the demons came out from the man and entered the swine and

the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and were drowned

Analysis of vv 30-33

1) In v 30 Jesus addresses the man or more correctly the head demon

2) He asked ldquoWhat is your namerdquo to which the demon responded ldquoLegionrdquo

3) While the personal name of the demon may seem superfluous we should remember

that each angel had been named by God the Son at their creation (Isa 4026)

4) The term ldquolegionrdquo refers to a Roman military unit of ~6000 foot soldiers and various

auxiliaries (λεγιών legion cf ldquoheavenlyrdquo legions- Matt 2653)

5) The man was the host for ldquomany demonsrdquo with the adjective ldquomanyrdquo pertaining to a

great number

6) Ergo the name ldquoLegionrdquo isnrsquot a personal name but an epithet which alludes to the

manrsquos ldquopoly-demonicrdquo possession

7) Additionally it isnrsquot necessary to presume that the man was possessed by 6000 or

more demons

8) Our context reveals a limitation of Jesus in His humanity

9) Up to this point Jesus had been commanding the demon to come out of the man but

the head demon remained (Mark 58- ldquokept on sayinghelliprdquo)

10) It is likely that some demons were being expelled per His command but it was

evident the man remained possessed

11) Apparently Jesus was unaware that He was dealing with a great number of demons

12) Now He was fully apprised of the manrsquos predicament and the situation required a

mass expulsion

13) Perhaps knowing their time is up other demons chimed in besides the head demon

and kept on pleading with Jesus

14) As previously mentioned their ultimate fear is being sent to ldquothe abyssrdquo

15) Demons are well aware of their future demise and the reality of their complete

subjugation by Jesus (cf Matt 2541 Phil 210)

16) In the meantime they intensely desire the freedom to engage in wanton acts of

physical affliction and mayhem upon mankind

17) The gospel of Mark alludes to another fear among the demons

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 38: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

436

18) Instead of mentioning ldquothe abyssrdquo Mark records that the head demon begged Jesus

ldquonot to send them out of the countryrdquo (Mark 510)

19) The noun translated ldquocountryrdquo in Mark is the same as in v 26 where Luke speaks of

the ldquothe country of the Gereasenesrdquo (χώρα chora)

20) The term refers to a particular district or region (eg the region of the Decapolis)

21) Interestingly the objection raised by the head demon implies that he and the other

demons had been assigned to or in some way allotted that region

22) Within Satanrsquos demonic hierarchy certain demons are assigned to nations while

others may be assigned to smaller regions in a geographical locale (cf Dan 1013

20)

23) Luke records that there was a ldquoherd of many swine feeding there on the mountainrdquo

24) Rather than sending them to the abyss or some other locale the demons pleaded with

Jesus to allow them to enter the pigs

25) Evidently this was preferable to the abyss exile or being without any host at all (cf

Matt 1243-45)

26) The demons clearly knew that they could possess the pigs only if Jesus allowed them

27) He gave them permission so all of the demons came out from the man and entered

the herd of pigs (Matt 832)

28) The result was completely chaotic

29) The pigs rushed headlong down the precipitous slope into the lake and all were

drowned

30) Mark reveals that the size of the herd was enormous numbering about 2000 (Mark

513)

31) If there was a demon for every pig there had been an extraordinary number of

demons that possessed the man

32) Some have taken issue with the massive loss of animal life

33) Yet Christ taught that that the value of human life and animal life is incomparable

(Matt 1031 1212)

34) Another issue is the substantial loss suffered by the owner(s) of the herd

35) This may be approached from two angles

a) In a region largely inhabited by Gentiles the owner(s) of the pigs were raising a

large herd of unclean animals within the borders of Israel

b) If the owner was Jewish this would constitute a brazen transgression of the law of

the clean and unclean contained in the Mosaic Law (Lev 117 Deut 148)

36) Those who focus on the loss of the herd ignore the incredible compassionate

deliverance of the man by Jesus from his insufferable plight

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 39: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

437

37) In any event it seems completely appropriate that these unclean spirits take up a new

residence in a herd of unclean animals at least temporarily

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 40: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

438

Luke 834-36 And when the herdsmen saw what had happened they ran away and

reported it in the city and out in the country 35

And the people went out to see what had

happened and they came to Jesus and found the man from whom the demons had gone

out sitting down at the feet of Jesus clothed and in his right mind and they became

frightened 36

And those who had seen it reported to them how the man who was demon-

possessed had been made well

Analysis of vv 34-36

1) Luke introduces additional eye-witness in the form of the herdsmen of the swine

2) The sight of a herd of ~2000 swine frantically running down the bank into the Sea of

Galilee to their death was overwhelming

3) They departed from the scene in haste and reported what they had just witnessed

4) The verb translated ldquoran awayrdquo means to seek safety in flight or to flee to avoid

danger (φεύγω pheugo- Matt 2656)

5) From their perspective they believed themselves to be in danger

6) They went back to their city likely Gergesa and gave a full report of the

circumstances

7) If they were hired herdsmen and not the owners of the herd we may presume that

they went directly to the owner(s) to give a full account

8) The herdsmenrsquos report also reached those in the countryside or those in the general

locale

9) The report was of course astonishing so many of those who had heard went to verify

the report firsthand

10) They found Jesus with the former demoniac sitting at His feet

11) The positioning of the man is noteworthy this is where a disciple would position

himself to hear Jesus (cf Luke 1039)

12) The implication is that the man is now listening to Jesus

13) Two changes were conspicuous regarding the manrsquos attire and demeanor

14) He was now ldquoclothed and in his right mindrdquo

15) ldquoRight mindrdquo characterizes the man as being able to think in a rational or sound

manner (σωφρονέω sophroneo- Mark 515)

16) He was in his ldquoright mindrdquo listening to Jesus a fact that demonstrates his sanity

17) Further the term portrays the man as continuing to be in his ldquoright mindrdquo free from

demonic harassment

18) Clearly his physical and mental condition was dramatically altered for the better

19) Instead of rejoicing at the improvement the people became frightened

20) The herdsmen proceeded to tell the people how the former demoniac was delivered

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 41: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

439

21) This explanation specified Jesusrsquo role in the manrsquos healing along with the sudden

erratic behavior and loss of the pigs

22) The verb ldquomade wellrdquo is frequently translated ldquodeliveredrdquo or ldquosavedrdquo (σῴζω sozo)

23) Certainly in this case the man had been delivered mentally and physically from the

harm caused by the demons (cf use of sozo- Acts 2720)

24) More important is the spiritual connotation of ldquomade well or ldquodeliveredrdquo

25) He displays a particularly strong desire to follow along with Jesus and is certainly

wasnrsquot reticent to obey Jesusrsquo command to proclaim Godrsquos blessing (vv 38-39 Mark

520)

26) These points convey that the man had believed in Jesus and so had obtained eternal

deliverance as well (Eph 28)

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 42: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

440

Luke 837-39 And all the people from the surrounding region of the Gerasenes asked

Him to depart from them for they were gripped with great fear and He got into a boat

and returned 38

But the man from whom the demons had gone out continued begging

Him that he might accompany Him but He sent him away saying 39

Return to your

house and describe what great things God has done for you And he went away

proclaiming throughout the whole city what great things Jesus had done for him

Analysis of vv 37-39

1) The people who had come out to verify the account of the herdsmen reached a

consensus on Jesus

2) They asked Him to depart from them at once

3) Luke reveals that their fear had intensified after the herdsmen explained how Jesus

had dealt with the demoniac

4) They were ldquogripped with great fearrdquo

5) ldquoGreat fearrdquo indicates far more than moderate anxiety or apprehension (fobw| megalw| phobo megalo- Acts 55 11 Rev 1111)

6) Rather the use of the adjective ldquogreatrdquo denotes the multitude was seized by terror

7) Itrsquos unclear whether they were terrified of further loss of property or perhaps it was a

reaction to the reported supernatural events

8) One would think that that some of these present would at least experience some joy or

some gratitude that the man was in a better state

9) The people would no longer be subjected to his violent assaults or be required to

subdue and shackle him (Matt 828 Mark 52-4)

10) In regards to Jesus apparently no one wanted to inquire at least about two very

important points

a) Who was Jesus Establish His identity

b) How was He able to wield such miraculous powers especially when confronted

by a plethora of demons

11) Ruled by irrational fear they simply rejected Jesus out of hand

12) After their rejection Jesus got back into the boat and returned

13) However not all rejected the Lord before He departed

14) Vv 38-39 provide an account of the former demoniac

15) In marked contrast to the multitude that asked Jesus to leave the man was ldquobegging

Him that he might accompany Himrdquo

16) The Greek text indicates that the man didnrsquot merely make a simple request but

continued to urgently ask to accompany Him (evdeito edeito- imperfect active from

deomai deomai- to beg to ask with urgency)

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 43: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

441

17) The man was appropriately thankful to Jesus for delivering him and in turn he

desired to follow Him

18) Rather than accepting him Jesus sent the man away but with a significant task to

perform

19) Jesus directs the man ldquoReturn to your house and describe what great things God has

done for yourdquo

20) The first order of business was to return home

21) The man had been residing among the tombs and presumably hadnrsquot been home for a

period of time

22) Secondly the man was to ldquodescriberdquo what God had done for him (ie how he had

been delivered and blessed)

23) Our term translated ldquodescriberdquo entails more than giving a general accounting of all

the events surrounding his deliverance

24) The term means to give a detailed account of something (dihgeomai diegeomai-

Luke 910)

25) Hence the man was to describe in detail what God did and how He had mercy on

him (Mark 519)

26) The man fully obeyed Jesusrsquo command by ldquoproclaiming throughout the whole city

what great things Jesus had done for himrdquo

27) Yet the manrsquos proclamation went beyond his city and into the surrounding region of

Decapolis (Mark 520)

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 44: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

442

Luke 840-42 And as Jesus returned the multitude welcomed Him for they had all been

waiting for Him 41

And behold there came a man named Jairus and he was an official of

the synagogue and he fell at Jesus feet and began to entreat Him to come to his house 42

for he had an only daughter about twelve years old and she was dying But as He

went the multitudes were pressing against Him

Analysis of vv 40-42

1) Jesus made the return journey back to the other side of the lake to Capernaum without

any recorded incident

2) Although not mentioned His disciples also accompanied Him on the return trip

3) The crowd that met Jesus on His return ldquowelcomed Himrdquo

4) Our term welcomerdquo means to receive someone favorably (ἀποδέχομαι

apodechomai)

5) He was given a friendly reception unlike the reception He had just received by those

in Decapolis

6) The multitudes had been eagerly waiting for His eventual return

7) After His arrival Jesus stayed near the shore of the lake (Mark 521)

8) Luke the draws attention to a synagogue official by the name of Jairus

9) The language indicates he was a high official or leader of the synagogue (ἄρχων τῆς συναγωγῆς archon test synagogues- ldquoleader of the synagogue Mark 522-

ἀρχισυνάγωγος archisunagogos- leader of a synagogue cf Acts 188 17)

10) This man fell at the feet of Jesus and urged Him to come to his house

11) The reason is given in v 42 His daughter is dying

12) Mark indicates this man desired for Jesus to lay His hands on her that she might be

healed (Mark 523)

13) He is clearly desperate for Jesus to come and heal his daughter

14) She was about 12 yrs old and more importantly was Jairusrsquo only daughter

15) Itrsquos also clear from the earnestness of his request that Jairus possessed a great love for

his daughter

16) Jesus set off from the shore to the manrsquos house

17) However His progress was impeded by the multitudes who pressing against Him

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 45: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

443

Luke 843-48 And a woman who had a hemorrhage for twelve years and could not be

healed by anyone 44

came up behind Him and touched the fringe of His cloak and

immediately her hemorrhage stopped 45

And Jesus said Who is the one who touched

Me And while they were all denying it Peter said Master the multitudes are

crowding and pressing upon You 46

But Jesus said Someone did touch Me for I

Myself was aware that power had gone out of Me 47

And when the woman saw that she

had not escaped notice she came trembling and fell down before Him and declared in

the presence of all the people the reason why she had touched Him and how she had

been immediately healed 48

And He said to her Daughter your faith has made you well

go in peace

Analysis of vv 43-48

1) Now Luke introduces a woman that was a part of the multitude that surrounded Jesus

2) She is described as suffering from a hemorrhage for twelve years (lit ldquoa flow of

bloodrdquo)

3) The precise cause of her hemorrhage is unclear but it is likely some type of uterine

hemorrhage

4) As a result of her condition she would have been ritually unclean under the Mosaic

Law (cf Lev 1525)

5) Evidently according to Mark the woman had been treatedmistreated by many

physicians and spent excessive amounts of money in order to be healed (Mark 526)

6) Instead of being healed of this chronic condition the womanrsquos condition only

worsened

7) No one up to this point was able to heal her or even improve her condition

8) The woman is in dire circumstances

a) After numerous treatments by numerous physicians her health declined

b) We may reasonably infer that her chronic ldquoflow of bloodrdquo sapped her physical

vitality

c) Due to cost of the many treatments she is impoverished

d) She has been ritually unclean for twelve years which would cause her to be

socially isolated

9) All in all from the human viewpoint her situation was depressing and seemingly

without possible resolution

10) We are not told under what circumstances but the woman had evidently heard about

Jesus and His extraordinary power to heal (cf Mark 527)

11) She had nothing to lose so armed with belief that Jesus could provide healing even by

mere touch she approached Him (Mark 528)

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 46: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

444

12) In order to escape detection she approached Jesus from behind and ldquotouched the

fringe of His cloakrdquo

13) The effect was both immediate and dramatic

14) Luke declares ldquohellipimmediately her hemorrhage stoppedrdquo

15) The verb ldquostoppedrdquo in our verse means to desist from movement to stand still or to

stop (ἵστημι histemi)

16) The adverb translated ldquoimmediatelyrdquo linked with the verb underscores that the

hemorrhage or flow of blood suddenly and completely ceased

17) Despite the stealthy approach and light touch Jesus was immediately aware that

someone had touched Him

18) The Lord turns and asks ldquoWho is the one who touched Merdquo

19) In response the disciples all denied touching Him

20) Peter in particular affirms ldquoMaster the multitudes are crowding and pressing upon

Yourdquo

21) ldquoCrowdingrdquo indicates the multitudes were pushing in and around Jesus limiting His

movement (συνέχω sunecho)

22) The second term translated ldquopressingrdquo is only found here in the NT (ἀποθλίβω

apothlibo)

23) This verb means to press upon or to apply squeezing pressure

24) Peterrsquos meaning is clear Jesus and the disciples are being physically pressed upon by

an untold number of people in the crowd

25) The disciplersquos retort conveys a tinge of ridicule ldquoEveryonerdquo was touching them (cf

Mark 531)

26) Jesus emphatically contradicted Peter saying ldquoSomeone did touch Me for I Myself

was aware that power had gone out of Merdquo

27) The power that proceeded out from Jesus is Godrsquos power given to Him to perform

miracles especially healing the sick (δύναμις dunamis- Luke 517)

28) Note that on this occasion the power to heal didnrsquot proceed out from Jesus

indiscriminately to all who touched Him

29) Interestingly only the woman with the hemorrhage was healed

30) The woman became aware that she had not escaped detection

31) She immediately knew that Jesus was referring to her touch due to her miraculous

healing

32) Overcome with fear the woman fell before Jesus and openly declared why she

touched Him and her immediate cure (ldquothe whole truthrdquo- Mark 533)

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 47: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

445

33) In response Jesus affectionately addresses her as ldquodaughterrdquo and affirms ldquoYour faith

has made you well go in peacerdquo

34) Of all those who touched Jesus only this woman was healed and it was a directly

related to her faith

35) The woman was delivered physically because she believed Jesus could heal her (ie

active faith)

36) Yet her active faith extends to Jesus as the Messiah

37) By addressing the woman as ldquodaughterrdquo Jesus alludes to the unique familial

relationship among those who believe in Him (Mark 334-35 Luke 821)

38) Further His parting directive ldquoGo in peacerdquo pertains to the ldquopeacerdquo that now exists

between this woman and God (Rom 51)

39) The Greek word translated ldquopeacerdquo is the equivalent of the Hebrew and Aramaic

word for peace shalom and shelam (εἰρήνη eirene cf לום לם shalom ש (shelam ש

40) Aramaic was widely spoken in Galilee so its likely Jesus used shalem

41) Shalomshalem carries many nuances here ldquopeacerdquo refers to the restoration of the

womanrsquos physical health as well as the salvation of her soul

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 48: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

446

Luke 849-51 While He was still speaking someone came from the house of the

synagogue official saying Your daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymore 50

But when Jesus heard this He answered him Stop being afraid only now

believe and she shall be made well 51

And when He had come to the house He did not

allow anyone to enter with Him except Peter and John and James and the girls father

and mother

Analysis of vv 49-51

1) While Jesus finished addressing the woman who had just been healed Jairus was

informed that his daughter had died

Ritual defilement

2) Mark portrays a delegation was sent to deliver the news to Jairus while Luke refers to

ldquosomeonerdquo (cf Mark 535- ldquotheyrdquo)

3) Our account only records the words of the spokesperson of the group

4) To Jairus the spokesperson said ldquoYour daughter has died stop troubling the Teacher

anymorerdquo

5) The very thing that Jairus feared would happen came to pass (or so it seemed)

6) Jairus was directed to ldquostop botheringrdquo Jesus referred to here as ldquothe Teacherrdquo

7) The verb translated ldquotroublingrdquo principally means to bother annoy or harass in our

context (σκύλλω skullo- Matt 936- ldquodistressedrdquo Mark 535)

8) The speaker presumes that Jairus has been ldquobotheringrdquo Jesus by his urgent appeal to

heal his daughter

9) As his daughter is now considered dead he tells Jairus to stop

10) It is a directive borne of despair and unbelief

11) The implication of the speakerrsquos prohibition is that Jesus canrsquot do anything for Jairus

or his daughter now

12) As Jairus was close proximity Jesus heard what was said to him

13) Jesus contradicted the spokesperson saying to Jairus ldquoStop being afraid only now

believerdquo

14) His words were intended to bolster and comfort the distraught father who possessed

at least a measure of faith in petitioning Jesus

15) Jairus had been fearful about his daughterrsquos physical well-being this fear in part had

motivated him to initially approach Jesus

16) He feared his daughterrsquos death and now that she was reported to be dead he was

anxious about Jesusrsquo ability to heal her

17) Instead if fearing Jesus enjoins him to begin believing and his daughter would be

ldquomade wellrdquo

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 49: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

447

18) Faith forms the basis for honor and blessing (Matt 813 928 Mark 922-23 Luke

848 Acts 149-10)

19) Fighting through the crowds they arrived at the home of Jairus

20) Luke records that only the girlrsquos parents Peter John and James were allowed to

enter

21) Yet we will see that Mark provides additional details regarding the scene at Jairusrsquo

home

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 50: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

448

Luke 852-56 Now they were all weeping and lamenting for her but He said Stop

weeping for she has not died but is asleep 53

And they began laughing at Him

knowing that she had died 54

He however took her by the hand and called saying

Child arise 55

And her spirit returned and she rose immediately and He gave orders

for something to be given her to eat 56

And her parents were amazed but He instructed

them to tell no one what had happened

Analysis of vv 52-56

1) The scene Jesus encounters with Jairus is a chaotic expression of grief

2) All those present were ldquoweeping and lamentingrdquo

3) ldquoWeepingrdquo indicates crying which is a normal expression of grief (κλαίω klaio)

4) The act of ldquolamentingrdquo involved beating onersquos chest as an even stronger expression of

grief (κόπτω kopto- Rev 189)

5) Matthew and Mark shed some additional light on the circumstances

6) Matthew reveals that there were ldquoflute-playersrdquo and the mourners were ldquoin noisy

disorderrdquo (Matt 923)

7) The reference to ldquoflute-playersrdquo indicates the presence of ldquoprofessionalrdquo mourners (cf

Jer 917 Amos 516)

8) The term translated ldquonoisy disorderrdquo refers to causing an uproar or noisy disturbance

(θορυβέω thorubeo- Acts 175)

9) In the parallel passage in Mark Jesus ldquobeheld a commotion and people loudly

weeping and wailingrdquo (Mark 538)

a) The noun ldquocommotionrdquo indicates a state of varying degrees of turmoil clamor or

commotion (θόρυβος thorubos- Matt 265 -ldquoriotrdquo Acts 2134- ldquouproarrdquo)

b) ldquoWeepingrdquo is the same term that occurs in our passage (κλαίω klaio)

c) ldquoWailingrdquo is to cry out loudly in grief (ἀλαλάζω alalazo)

d) Both ldquoweepingrdquo and ldquowailingrdquo are modified by the adverb ldquoloudlyrdquo which

emphasizes the high volume and intensity of the mourning (πολύς polus- greatly

loudly)

10) In short the expression of grief on this occasion was intense excessive and

completely inappropriate as the girl was not dead

11) This is underscored by the simple forceful command directed at the mourners ldquoStop

weeping for she has not died but is asleeprdquo

12) In Mark Jesus asks ldquoWhy make a commotion and weep The child has not died but

is asleep (Mark 539)

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 51: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

449

a) The phrase ldquomake a commotionrdquo in v 39 thorubeo is also used and is translated

ldquocommotionrdquo (Mark 539- the passive voice indicates being in a distressed

emotional state)

b) The question stresses the inappropriateness of their grieving (ldquoWhy are you

emotionally distressed and cryingrdquo)

13) Jesus assertion that the girl was sleeping was immediately ridiculed

14) The mourners began laughing at Jesus because they were certain the girl was dead

15) The verb translated ldquolaughingrdquo means to ridicule deride or mock (καταγελάω

katagelao- Matt 924 Mark 540)

16) The actual condition of the girl has occasioned some debate among interpreters Is

ldquoasleeprdquo used to refer to physical sleep or figuratively to mean physical death

17) The mourners clearly believe she is dead but this belief is refuted by Jesus (ldquohellipShe

has not diedhelliprdquo)

18) Furthermore the verb rendered ldquoasleeprdquo in our context occurs 22x in the NT

(καθεύδω katheudo)

19) If one examines its use apart from this context as well as in Matthew and Mark itrsquos

evident that the verb principally refers to physical sleep and in a couple of cases

metaphorically to refer to spiritual indifference or carelessness (eg Luke 2246 1

Thess 56 Eph 514)

20) In contrast another Greek verb translated ldquoasleeprdquo or ldquofallen asleeprdquo frequently

refers to both physical sleep and physical death (κοιμάω koimao- Luke 2245 cf

Matt 2752 John 1111 Acts 760 1336)

21) Based on the direct statement by Jesus and the dominant use of katheudo the girl was

not dead but resided in a comatose state that frequently occurs before dying

22) In v 54 Jesus remains undeterred by the mocking and took the girl by the hand

23) Yet prior to entering the girlrsquos room and taking her hand He gives His mockers the

boot (Matt 925 Mark 540)

a) The verb translated ldquoput outrdquo means to drive out forcefully to expel (ἐκβάλλω

ekballo- Acts 758)

b) In Mark 5 Jesus Himself is the one driving out the mourners

24) When the circumstances warranted the Lord was not averse to physically enforcing

His will (Mark 1115 John 215)

25) While holding her hand Jesus directed the girl ldquordquoChild ariserdquo

26) Jesus spoke in Aramaic and in our verse Luke provides the Greek translation of

Jesusrsquo command (Mark 541- ldquoTalitha kum)

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8

Page 52: Luke 8 - aliveandpowerful.com€¦ · Luke 8 399 Luke 8:1-3 And it came about soon afterwards, that He began going about from one city and village to another, publicly declaring and

Luke 8

450

27) The return of the girlrsquos spiritrdquo is used in a general sense to refer to the return of her

normal vital functions (πνεῦμα pneuma- spirit breath eg normal respiratory

function)

28) Once again we see the healing was immediate without apparent ill effects she got up

and began to walk (παραχρῆμα parachrema- Luke 439 525 844 cf Mark 542)

29) After the girl was healed Jesus instructions to feed her

30) In response to the healing the parents were completely astounded and undoubtedly

over joyed

31) Jesus gave them explicit instructions ldquoto tell no one what had happenedrdquo

32) Nevertheless news of her healing spread throughout the land (Matt 926)

End Chapter 8